Scouting - DM Marcin Saturday October 16th, 2004 9:13:44 AM
The party reaches a decision - Sarigar and Renik will try to take a closer look at the fort while the rest of the party will find a spot to make camp at.
Descending down the road deeper into the valley and entering the dark woods the Hamleteers start searching for a suitable place to rest. The scent of rotting eggs - faint at the height of the pass - becomes now more and more intensive with every step. Mercifully, the nostrils of everyone but Black Paws eventually get accustomed to the stench and the party stops to notice it anymore.
About that time the heroes walk by the first of the hot springs. The water in a small pond is bubbling. White fog hangs over the area and the temperature is perceptibly higher.
The Hamleteers eventually find a concealed spot suitable for making camp at. It is well away from the path and near one of those springs, which seem to be quite numerous in this land. Down here, near the bottom of the valley, the air is much warmer. There is no need to use cloaks anymore.
The watches are set. Finally, Sarigar and Renik depart on their mission.
The fort is a few hours of travel away from the campsite, so, the duration of Greater Invisibility being what it is, Sarigar loses its benefit well before he catches sight of the fort again.
The trio starts to find footprints of huge boots. Soon the scouts notice first signs of civilization: tree stumps where trees have been felled, tilled fields, half-wild orchards, and small shacks. Strangely enough, the plantations, buildings, and tools left behind are human sized. There are many footprints of smaller, bare feet here - some belonging to humans, some to orcs or halflings, some to other humanoids harder to recognize. Horses and oxen have been working on the fields. So far, however, not a single living soul has been seen.
There are other tracks, too: pawprints as if of some large canine. These travel usually with the ones belonging to giants. The creatures who left them must have been larger than any ordinary dog could ever grow.
Finally Renik and Sarigar reach the hill in the middle of the valley and can admire the fort up close.
The walls, even though made of earth, are tall and strong. The rampart runs in a large circle around the crown of the hill, with only one gate set into it. The portal is wooden, but seems to be reinforced with iron bars. A palisade runs on top of the walls - a formidable barrier by itself for a human, but merely a crenellation for a giant. A ghastly collection of skulls, skeletons, and bones has been nailed to the palisade along its whole length. All of these used to belong to members of smaller races.
A large settlement has been constructed outside of the gate - several sizeable, long barracks stand in the middle of it, with numerous workshops, smaller houses, and sheds thrown around them in a chaotic way. All the buildings here seem to be human sized.
That is where Renik and Sarigar split.
The wild brothers circle around the whole area (which takes them a better part of two hours). The trail of the drow continues into the castle, but they don't find any tracks of dark elves leading out. There seems to be no other entrance into the fort aside from the gate. The settlement isn't fully asleep - Sarigar sees several fires. Watching from the safety of shadows he observes a half naked, old man struggling to unload sacks from a small cart into a nearby shed. One of the sacks spills its contents: potatoes. The man curses and drops to his knees picking them up.
A small, dirty boy is carrying a bucket of water from the well into one of the large houses.
Despite the darkness a half-orc woman bent with age is patiently working with a bone needle on some kind of robe.
And that is when Sarigar notices the giants.
There are two of them in this small village, both as dark, tall, and silent as trees. Standing out of the light of fires, the pair seems to keep a watchful eye on the toil of the smaller folk. Powerful arms folded on their chests, they look more like statues than live beings. Then one of them turns his head and scratches his leg and the impression is gone.
They are tall, though maybe not as much as the Tall Giant who killed Gaxx. Both standing over ten feet they are unproportionally massively built, resembling oversized dwarves. Their beards and hair are braided, and they hold some kind of polearms in their hands.
Sarigar watches. Coming any closer would involve a risk of being seen.
Renik, gulping down two potions, takes to the air and heads for the castle. The fortified wall surrounds a roughly oval courtyard. Right in the middle of it stands the only stone building in the whole settlement - a huge, giant sized hall. The structure has been built with some degree of skill. Smoke rises from its two chimneys. Loud laughter coming from inside makes one believe that some kind of feast is going on.
There are about twenty other buildings inside the walls, all of them wooden. Most look like giant-sized houses, but several are smaller and seem to have been built to accommodate smaller races. One of the hot springs is right here, in the middle of the fort, its waters trickling out under the gate. Right next to the pool is a large pen where several black, furry creatures are asleep on the bare ground. It is hard to recognize them for what they are in the moonlight, and when Renik passes nearby one of them stirs in its sleep, its nostrils flaring open.
There are two giant guards standing over the gate, their faces shielded from sight by crude iron helms. The fort seems to be ready to repel invaders at any time of night and day - there are piles of throwing rocks stacked near the walls at even intervals and the walls are well maintained.
Renik notices a building that looks like a stable, and when he comes closer to investigate-
- he notices a dark figure is standing motionless in the shadow of one of the smaller houses. Renik turns his head and finds himself looking straight at a hideous visage - a dark, bald head, with empty eyes without pupils and tentacles hanging where its mouth should be -
- an illithid.
It is only after several heartbeats that the rogue realizes the mind flayer is not actually looking at him, but at the stars.
With the duration of the potions running out Renik completes his scouting run and meets with Sarigar outside of the walls. It takes them several hours to return to camp and it is almost dawn when they finally rejoin the group.
[Renik and Sarigar need to sleep for at least six hours or be fatigued in the next day.]
Renik Sunday October 17th, 2004 3:30:53 PM
As the sky lightens above the mountain range to the West Renik reaches the camp and slumps down, clearly exhausted. He recounts his findings, and listens to Sarigar's.
When they all know everything he looks around at the party.
"I don't know what we've stumbled across here, but I know for sure I don't like it one bit. To start with we may be looking at slave labour. Then this mix of giants, Drow, and Mind Flayers. Plus whatever the reptilian creatures are that the rock troll referred to, and perhaps more trolls too. I don't know how this all ties in to the theft of a ring and a communication coin, but I'm willing to bet that any outfit this size must mean it's pretty bad news. I think we're too far to go back for support (and frankly I'm not sure who we could enlist against such a foe). Plainly we have to do something, but a direct assault against a foe of such power is tantamount to suicide. We need to recover our items and escape, but I've no idea how we're going to manage that. Perhaps after some rest..."
Renik settles down to get some brief hours of sleep whilst the others discuss possible strategies.
Draax Sunday October 17th, 2004 9:57:26 PM
Like the others Draax does not like what he hears about the layout of the keep. He thinks for a minute and does not like any plan that he can come up with.
"So, we have to get into the keep, avoid any conflicts, location the objects, take the objects, and then get back out without being seen. I wonder if any of the creatures in the pens are winter wolves, but whatever they are they are probably used for tracking. Just something else for us to worry about.
Can any of you memorize a passwall or stoneshape type of spell? I am kinda reaching here, but if we can make our own entrance into the keep we would have a better chance...a slim chance yes...but a better chance of getting in and out without getting caught. Since their servants seem to be our size some of us might be able to move about the keep and posing as servants to find the Drow. Truthfully I do not like any of my suggestion, but if we put enough ideas together we might come up with something that will work."
Draax waits to hear what the others have to say.
Day five, morning. Lands of the Flamehorn Clan, the Scab. Two days before the festival of Gargul - DM Marcin Monday October 18th, 2004 4:14:45 AM
The weary scouts return and throw themselves at their beds to get some sleep. Morning comes and the forest shows another face. No longer black, but dark green, it turns into a shifting maze of shadows. White mist hangs in the air and all is silent. The overall impression is that of eerie beauty.
It will be ten in the morning before the scouts have had their rest. It takes about two hours to reach the castle on foot.
[Spells for this day, please.]
Setanos Monday October 18th, 2004 7:42:37 AM
Setanos listens to the scouts report with a mixture of grim determination and serous focus. "Tha little town outside da fort ken give us sum cover fer gettin in. Tha thing is, if tha tentikle head has em, the non giants will be turnin us in me thinks. As fer spells, I dunna know it, but protection from evil will help keep them outta our heads I think. Everyone will be needin that."
When morning comes he memorizes his spells, and casts an extended mage armor.
Rond Monday October 18th, 2004 10:07:44 AM
(ooc bad TODD for not posting. I'm not sure why I missed all the posting after weds.)
"What if we try to use all the invisibility and flying spells to continue scouting as much as possible? Before we even go in, should we try one more scry to see if the we can find anything?"
Sarigar and Black Paws Monday October 18th, 2004 11:27:34 AM "When my pack and I found really big prey, we'd nip and run. Run up, take a few nips, then run away. Eventually, the prey would either bleed too much or we'd hurt a leg or somethin'"
With that suggestion, Sarigar joins his brother on the edge of camp, curls up and sleeps.
Draax Monday October 18th, 2004 10:17:56 PM
Draax does a quick inventory of his weapons and items as he waits the group to prepare to go to the keep.
Arien (AC: 21, HP 44, Mage Armor) Tuesday October 19th, 2004 2:11:31 AM
"These giants seem unusually well organized. I don't know that hit and run tactics will work against them. I say we sneak in, hit hard and get out fast. Perhaps these slaves would be willing to help us sneak in, or at least know a way to sneak in ourselves."
0 Level: Detect Magic x2, Light, Read Magic x2 1st Level: Burning Hands, Magic Missile x5, Protection from Evil 2nd Level: Resist Energy x2, Rope Trick, Scorching Ray x2, Extended Shield 3rd Level: Displacement, Dispel Magic, Fireball, Haste, Lightning Bolt 4th Level: Dimension Door x2, Evard's Black Tentacles, Ice Storm, Solid Fog 5th Level: Summon Monster V x2, Cone of Cold, Wall of Force
Renik Tuesday October 19th, 2004 2:23:48 AM
The rogue awakes around ten.
"I think all routes are liokely to be risky. The sneak in and get out fast best appeals, but to do so we need to know exactly where to find the items. Arien, I could lend you my blinking ring and flying boots if you need them. That way you could go in invisible and try to trace the magical aura you were following before? It's a very risky strategy though, and if you get caught... well I suppose you could teleport out.
If we do this we'd need to be ready for the team to move out fast.
I'm uncertain about the slaves. They could just be evil workers... and they may have more to gain by betraying us than allying themselves with us. I'm not sure we can take that risk of tipping our hand.
What do you think? Do we remain focused on our primary task? And are we all agreed that subterfuge is our best alternative?"
Late morning - DM Marcin Tuesday October 19th, 2004 5:33:40 AM
By the time the sun appears on the sky the mists are already gone. The forest sheds its mystical image in favor of a more familiar guise of a mountainous wilderness.
The party, gathered around their cold campfire, weighs their options.
Sarigar and Black Paws Tuesday October 19th, 2004 11:35:01 AM
Awaking when the other begin stirring, the brothers stretch for quite a while, half listening to the conversation.
"Sub-ter-fooge?" he echoes, scratching his head, partly as a morning ritual to get the bugs out and partly in confusion.
Looking over at Arien, nodding in agreement, "Sneaky is good for us. We sneak good. And we're fast." He says with a proud smile.
He begins milling about the camp in hazy state. It's almost as if his mind weren't complete present, not like a madman, but more like he was connected to something more than himself. /ooc His equivalent of a prayer ritual.
Preparing 1) Longstrider, Magic Fang
Feng Tuesday October 19th, 2004 9:07:18 PM
Feng thinks long and hard about what he has heard. They are in a very tough position and if they aren't careful they will be able to explain to Gargul in person why they missed his festival.
"If we are to make the festivel we need to head back now." Feng says and lets out a deep, troubled sigh. "From what we have learned, the giants are ready to repel an army. While I think we should plan for the worst, the mind flayer could have been a spy as well. An alliance between dark elves and giants could make them nervous."
Tratain Tuesday October 19th, 2004 11:58:16 PM
Tratain says "Lets try and sneak closer to the castle. See if we can find someplace they are lax in their watches. Its possible the Illithid is controling everyone in the area and if we go in fast and take it out, in the confusion we may be able to make a quick escape."
Draax Wednesday October 20th, 2004 12:17:45 AM
Having heard what everyone has to say Draax is not very confident in the group's chance of success, but feels that the group has to give it a try while they know where the quarry is. He wishes that they were sure the items were in the keep so that he would know risk is worth it.
"I agree, sneaking in and out give us the best chance of success. Other options may become available as we get more information, but like Feng pointed out the closeness of the festival does not give us a lot of time."
The debate - DM Marcin Wednesday October 20th, 2004 2:41:22 AM
The party, their morning tasks completed, is ready to move as soon as they decide what should be done next. But it seems that the opinions on what course of action should be taken vary greatly.
The brainstorming continues.
Renik Wednesday October 20th, 2004 2:42:54 AM
"I'm sorry Feng, but turning back now is not an option. We need to do this now, there will not be another chance. Arien, are you willing to attempt another recon? Would you like me to accompany you? There is no point in going in unless we are certain of the location of our target."
The rogue wishes that more of the party engaging in the discussion (OOC: is it my imagination, or has posting for this game dropped off a lot lately? Come on guys! We need to all be posting, particularly if we are heading into combat soon).
Setanos (Ext Mage Armor) Wednesday October 20th, 2004 7:42:49 AM
Setanos takes in the comments about the festival, and responds "no, we be getting this job done an then we be seeing ta that." That is all the bearded mage will say on the subject.
To the people that scouted, he asks if they can draw a rough map of the place.
OOC: Can we get a rough .bmp drawing of what the scouts saw? It would help planning things out I think.
Sarigar and Black Paws Wednesday October 20th, 2004 11:54:25 AM
Coming out of his haze and hearing mention of the festival. "Umm, didn't that big guy in that other place say that someone would drop dead if we miss that thing of his? That sounds bad to me."
Almost as quickly as his interest was gained in the topic, it's lost again as he goes about stuffing his things back in his pack.
Rond Wednesday October 20th, 2004 12:42:26 PM
"We could try to get all the silent movers to move in and see what we can find out. If we get discovered, I could sound the horn for the rest of the group to come running?
"Otherwise I'm not sure what we should do. This will not be an easy task to get the coin, unless we can somehow find out that the drow and our target are going to leave again, and still have the items on them."
Feng Wednesday October 20th, 2004 9:08:51 PM
"Renik look at the task before us. That is a fortress designed to repel an army. There are dark elves, giants, and now at least one illithid involved. Missing that festivel is not an option. Do you really think Gargul will not undo what he has granted? You heard him yourself. He cares not what work we do for other gods. Besides we can bring this problem to the halflings attentions and see if we can get their help."
Tratain Wednesday October 20th, 2004 11:21:40 PM
Tratain says, "We have today and tomorrow to make our plans and execute them. Arien can teleport us to the City so we don't have to worry about missing the festival. We couldn't make it back in time any other way. We should head a little closer and finalize our plans. Give infiltration a shot and if that fails, we can seek guidance at the temple before and after we attend the festival."
Draax Thursday October 21st, 2004 12:57:35 AM
"I agree, we cannot leave here without at least trying to retrieve the items. So, Renik suggested that he can company Arien to attempt to locate the object and Rond suggest that all the stealth members of the group attempt to locate the object. So which one will it be? If you guys can draw a rough map like Setanos suggested it might help us come to a conclusion of which plan is best or it could present us with other possibilities."
Renik Thursday October 21st, 2004 2:39:09 AM
"We cannot proceed until we get Arien's thoughts. Arien, what say you?
"Rond, I am of the opinion that in matters of infiltration, the smallest number is best. If we aim to get in and out without detection one person is ideal, or at the most two. Feng is correct, that place can fight off a small army, so let's not try to fight them. We go in quiet, find the item, get out and run. If Arien can 'port us back to town all well and good. With two day's grace that will get us to the temple on time. If not then we'll just have to make our peace with Gargul where we find ourselves.
"Feng, you saw the halfling town. They don't have the resources to take on an enemy like this. We need to do this now, ourselves. The only question is who does it. Arien, will you go? Do you want backup?"
If there is no reply Renik will make preparations to go in himself, asking for invisibility and non detection spells to be cast on him if possible.
Arien (AC: 21, HP 44, Mage Armor) Thursday October 21st, 2004 5:06:43 AM
"Aye, I'll scout ahead. I'm not very sneaky but I can get out quick if need be. I still think that the slaves hold the key. Perhaps Renik you can come with me and subdue one of the slaves then we can bring it back with us. Then we can question the slave back in the town and attend the festival. Then if need be we can leave the slave in custody of the sheriff and return this way."
A map - DM Marcin Thursday October 21st, 2004 8:28:32 AM
The scouts sketch out a map of the fort and the nearby village. The fact that Renik has seen it from above greatly helps to have everything in proportion. The hill is surrounded by forest, though the trees have been removed from the immediate vincity of the walls of the fort. Most of the fields, orchards, and lumber camps are located deep in the woods.
Rond Thursday October 21st, 2004 9:21:36 AM
"Well, if you are not interested in having me do the sneaking, then Arien, you might want to use my armor. Probably won't help you much in the protection department, but it does make you quieter. (+10 to Move Silently) But that's up to you, I offer it for the aid it will give."
Rond can feel his skin crawl at the thought of one or two people trying to infiltrate the fort, but he realizes that it is a necessary evil.
Sarigar and Black Paws d20+19=21 d20+19=24 Thursday October 21st, 2004 11:57:41 AM
As he's stuffing things in his pack, Sarigar stops a moment and holds his stomach in hunger. "Hmmm, let's see what I've got to eat." He again starts rummaging through his pack and eventually pulls out a rather foul looking chunk of meat (the dear meat he stuff in there the first night he met the party). He sniffs it a moment and turns his nose away. "Nope, no good. He tosses the hunk over his shoulder into the bushes behind him and starts digging again.
After several minutes he give up the serch in his pack. "Go get a squirrel or something brother, I won't find things you like here. At that, Black Paws dashes off in the bushes. Sarigar begins milling about the camp, turning over rocks, picking up leaves, etc. (Survival 21).
He finds enough grubs, insects and edible leaves to make a decent snack for himself which he gobbles down to chagrin of the others. About halfway through the mash he's created he stops and holds up his hands covered in insect and vegetable mush, some of which is still crawling, "Umm, anyone else want some? If no one does, he finishes eating his mash, licking his hands clean (dirt and all). If someone does speak up, he squishes a dollop of the pulp in their hand.
After a while, Black Paws returns (survival 24) looking quite satisfied, licking the blood of some animal off his chops and paws.
Draax Friday October 22nd, 2004 1:51:56 AM
Draax looks over Sarigar's food offering and kindly declines. He looks at the newly drawn map, but cannot think of any that would help the party.
Renik Friday October 22nd, 2004 4:05:46 AM
The rogue thinks hard about what his companions have said. Finally he reaches a decision.
"We need to distinguish our goals here. If we are purely after the coin and ring then we must forget about the workers. I say we go directly to the fortress, try to trace the magical trail, and do our best to swipe the items. Kidnapping a worker at this stage only adds to the risk. We will need to come back once the items are safely recovered. We can worry about the workers then.
"Very well. We'll both need to be invisible. Tie this short rope to your belt Arien. I will hold the other end. If you need to speak to me or alert me to danger, tug twice. If we have any more non detection spells those would be useful also. Very well, unless there are any final questions let's move out."
Baffled - DM Marcin Friday October 22nd, 2004 4:07:39 AM
Sarigar and Black Paws satisfy their hunger each in his own way. Meanwhile the rest of the party puzzles over the map, not sure what should be done. Granted, it is hard to come up with an idea that would appeal to everyone, especially given how little information the party has.
[Folks, posting has dropped recently, and planning is the moment where you should be most active.]
Feng Friday October 22nd, 2004 9:28:12 AM
"Here is another thought. This place is built for a small army not a group such as ourselves. Perhaps going in as one might work. Sure I may not be stealthy but I can at least hold off a giant while trying to escape. Remember the magic giant we saw before. They could be prepared for magical stealth."
OOC: I can't speak for everybody but personally I have had no idea how to handle these last few situations. My character is a liability with intrusion and stealth situations and being a paladin limits how devious the party can act. Something else that I think contributes to long planning sessions.
Sarigar and Black Paws Friday October 22nd, 2004 10:52:31 AM "MMmmm, good stuff." Sarigar says as he flicks the remaining slop from his hands rather haphazardly then wipes the rest on his clothes. "Time to go, brother. You ready?" He says holding Black Paws head to look into his eyes. An affirming lick on the face is all Sariger needs and he gets up and the brothers start off (walking) in the direction of the castle.
Arien (AC: 21, HP 44, Mage Armor) Saturday October 23rd, 2004 5:06:36 AM
Arien makes sure that the rope is secure then nods to Renik that he is ready to go.
Setanos (Ex Mage Armor) Saturday October 23rd, 2004 9:07:44 AM
Setanos nods to Feng. A direct approach is clearly his favored tactic.
"I ken agree ta go in as one, but I think its a good idea ta have Arien flying invisible over tha fort. As we charge, he ken tell us if tha drow slip out ta back, an throw his spells best"
Draax Sunday October 24th, 2004 10:35:53 PM
"Lets get a close as we can as a group before you guys cast your spells so that they will last as long as possible and we can be ready as support or diversion. Do we have a signal to alert us if you guys get in trouble or if you need us to cause a diversion to draw their attention? You could hang a flag, use mirrors, or just start blasting things. As long as there is something that tells us that you guys need help."
Rond Sunday October 24th, 2004 11:58:07 PM
Seeing as how there is no need for the magical armor that Rond is wearing. Rond lets the decisions fly where they may. Rond will make sure all his gear is probably stowed.
To the castle - DM Marcin Monday October 25th, 2004 1:54:52 AM
The group, having reached a decision, moves out.
Led by Sarigar and Renik, the Hamleteers follow the route of the yesterday's foray. Every now and then sounds of axes indicate that people are working nearby, but, since the group has decided not to interact with the "slaves" for now, these sites are easily avoided.
It takes the heroes two hours to reach the fort.
Hidden at the verge of the forest the party observes both the castle and the settlement.
Two giants are standing guard on the walls, walking around them at a leisure pace. A few wisps of smoke rise above the fort - otherwise all seems to be calm behind the walls. The settlement, on the other hand, is bustling with activity. Lots of little folk are moving about like ants scurrying around their anthill. No giants can be seen in the village.
It is now almost noon. The distance from the forest to the walls of the castle seems to be about 800 to 1000 feet.
Sarigar (AC19) and Black Paws (AC17) (CV132) d20+30=33 d20+25=26 d20+18=30 d20+18=24 Monday October 25th, 2004 10:43:56 AM
As the castle and settlement come into site, the brothers immediately take to the underbrush and large rocks to hide their approach. Creeping along so as not to be seen or heard (Hide 33/30, Move Silent 26/24).
They split a little ways off of the party, but are careful to keep them within sight and preferrably within charging range.
Renik Monday October 25th, 2004 2:25:35 PM
"OK, please remember, this is not an attack. Arien and I are going to creep in, attempt to locate the items and creep back out. Failing that we'll locate them and report back. If we get spotted we'll run for it, so get ready to move out. Anyone doing any charging towards those walls is going to find themselves under so many boulders we won't have to worry about burying you. Now, do we have any non-detection spells? If not we'll just have to chance it with invisibility."
And once spells are cast he sets off with Arien.
Arien (AC: 21, HP 44, Mage Armor) Monday October 25th, 2004 3:20:52 PM
"I just had that potion so I'm ready to go now. Let's get this over with so we can get back in time for the festival."
Tratain Monday October 25th, 2004 11:10:45 PM
Tratain stays with the others trying not to make too much noise.
He suggests "Should we try and talk with one of the non-giants? If they are not mind controlled they may be of some help."
Draax Tuesday October 26th, 2004 1:53:42 AM
Draax finds a nice concealed spot to sit down and wait.
Getting ready to depart - DM Marcin Tuesday October 26th, 2004 5:18:25 AM
The wall of the fort looms in the distance like a huge, black, dead caterpillar. Several small, white clouds soar high in the sky. A lone eagle circles at great height over the valley, possibly looking for prey, possibly just enjoying the sun and crystal clear skies.
A crow croaks somewhere nearby in the trees.
The torso of one of the giants standing guard on the wall is visible for a minute or so while he continues his slow patrol. Reflections of sunlight dance on his polished helmet. A huge halberd is in his hand, but he uses it mostly as a walking stick. Even though he is far away the heroes can catch a glimpse of his fiery red beard.
Arien and Renik prepare to depart.
[Folks, give me something more to work on here. First of all please list all spells and magic effects active on Arien and Renik - including durations. Secondly, where do you want to go and how do you want to get there. I know Renik has boots that allow him to fly, but does Arien have something that will allow him to fly over the walls, too? Or do you want to try the gate or climbing over the walls? Once on the other side, do you want to just look around, or do you have a specific plan or a place you want to check out?]
[It's been three months since the beginning of the adventure. I will be sending out your share of XPs for the first part of the module today. And I will be waiting for updated character sheets. Remember to include the list of all the changes you have made so that I won't have to go over everything again.]
[I won't be able to access computer tomorrow. There will be no DM post on Wednesday.]
Setanos (Ex Mage Armor) Tuesday October 26th, 2004 7:38:07 AM
Setanos nods at Tratain's suggestion. He whispers, "It may be risky, but it may be worth it ta talk ta them." He then braces for a fight.
Sarigar (AC19) and Black Paws (AC17) (CV132) Tuesday October 26th, 2004 1:22:01 PM
The brothers stay in hiding about 50 feet from the party members that are not going in to the castle. They sit and wait patiently as if they expect their prey to walk right up to their nose.
Spells prepared 1 Longstrider, 1 Magic Fang
Renik (Blinking, Flight, hopefully Invisibility!) d20+11=24 d20+11=17 d20+11=24 d20+11=21 Tuesday October 26th, 2004 6:57:15 PM
Hoping against hope that somebody is prepared to cast Invisibility upon him (OOC: guys? Anybody? This mission won't go far without it!) the rogue makes towards the compound. Assuming that Arien is also flying he heads directly for the wall, keeping close to the ground. Then he sails over, and stops for a moment, holding onto the rope linking him to Arien. He surveys the scene carefully (Spot 24, Listen 17), then follows Arien's lead hoping the mage can track the magical aura of the items he has followed up till now.
As he heads into the camp he keeps a careful eye out for signs that they have been spotted, and attempts to eavesdrop on any conversations they happen to pass (Spot 24, Listen 21). He keeps a particularly careful lookout for signs of the Mind Flayer.
Feng [AC 23 HP 105] Tuesday October 26th, 2004 8:58:22 PM
Feng watches the fire giant walk on patrol and swallows hard. Just one giant is bad enough but that one had gleaming armor and a sword that was bigger than he was.
"May the gods protect us."
ooc: Considering the situation I figured the group would follow the safest path we will find inside the fort. There can't be that many choices once we get inside since detection of any kind will likely result in death.
Carl OOC Wednesday October 27th, 2004 2:30:02 AM
Um, just so we're clear here, it is just Renik and Arien entering the fort, right? Walter's last post seems to suggest the whole party is going in, which we really shouldn't. Or am I just reading that wrong?
OOC Troy Wednesday October 27th, 2004 8:05:35 AM
I thought the plan was for all of us to go in, then traitain suggested we talk to the non giants.
The plan Feng suggested, which at least I agreed too, was to get everyone close and hit them hard.
ooc Philip Wednesday October 27th, 2004 11:26:02 AM
Back in the camp we'd decided to let Renik and Arien go in to determine where the items were or even if they were in there. Ther rest of us were supposed to be close, just in case a distraction or outright charge was needed.
Tratain Wednesday October 27th, 2004 11:28:31 PM
Tratain stays with the others besides Arien and Renik outside the Fort. Checking to see if there are any non-giants that look like they may be approacable without the giants seeing the party.
OOC: It was my understanding that only Renik and Arien were going in for a look both invisible. While the rest of us laid low unless we were needed.
So, did anyone prepare Invisibility for Renik? - DM Marcin Thursday October 28th, 2004 1:50:46 AM
There is a moment of confusion as it seems that the party has two plans.
[And the DM scratches his head not knowing if somebody did prepare Invisibility for Renik and if Arien can fly.]
Draax Thursday October 28th, 2004 4:25:01 AM
Draax waits in the woods with the others staying alert for any sign of trouble. He notices some of the others getting anxious as they look toward the village for possible allies. Not knowing how long they will have to wait Draax has no problem with someone approaching one of the villagers if the opportunity presents itself.
Renik Thursday October 28th, 2004 4:35:19 AM
Renik waits, tapping his foot. One thing's for sure, he's not going anywhere without invisibility cast on him. If no-one has the spell available he passes his Flying Boots and Blinking Ring to Arien, and asks him to scout alone.
Sarigar (AC19) and Black Paws (AC17) (CV132) Thursday October 28th, 2004 11:36:01 AM
The brothers continue keeping an eye on the party from a little ways off as they also scan the area around the castle. Although they have rarely shown patience in the past, this is a hunt and like any good hunter, they will wait as long as necessary to find the right time to strike.
Prepared Spells Longstrider x1, Magic Fang x1
Rond Thursday October 28th, 2004 11:46:01 AM
Looking around, Rond wonders what the hold up is. Renik and Arien are supposed to be headed to the fort to find the lost items, or any sign of their quarry.
(ooc My schedule turns more regular on Friday. I'm hoping my posts will be better next week. (between 6pm and midnight EST. Will try to get update character sheet out this weekend)))
Feng Thursday October 28th, 2004 8:54:52 PM
Feng stands ready and a little impatient. Unless they were ready to move and assist Arien might be in a world of toruble if things go wrong. Giants are tough enough as it is and they have an army of them inside that fort.
Tratain Thursday October 28th, 2004 11:31:55 PM
Tratain waits with the others for Renik and Arien to do their scouting. Also keeping an eye out for any non-gaints who look like it might be possible to approach without the giants seeing them.
Arien Friday October 29th, 2004 1:09:06 AM
"You know, why don't I just study this area for awhile then we head back to the town. I don't want to miss that festival and with me teleporting us back we won't lose more than a couple of days. Besides that I am working on a couple of spells and I think I can perfect them soon, one of which will allow me to disguise the whole group. Perhaps we can masquerade as that group of giants we slew or somesuch. In short I don't think that we are prepared to scout today and we are to close to the festival for any real action."
Renik Friday October 29th, 2004 2:34:07 AM
The rogue screws up his eyes and pinches the bridge of his nose. Right now he feels that the Hamleteers couldn't organize a piss-up in a brewery. He tries to swallow his frustration at their inability to act.
"Very well. If we can't agree to scout now we'll have to turn back. Arien, you find out what you can now. Then let's get back to town, attend the festival, you learn your spell and we'll head back out here. Then we scout, and I only hope we haven't wasted too much time in the process. The Drow, our only real lead to this mystery, will not stay here forever. And these magic items have been taken for some purpose, I am sure. Let us pray we are in time to avert that purpose, what with all these delays."
Sarigar (AC19) and Black Paws (AC17) (CV132) Friday October 29th, 2004 10:36:36 AM
/ooc I'll be substituting for another teacher on Mon. and Tues. so I may not be able to post on those days as I won't be at my computer. I'll do the best I can, but wanted to give a heads up.
Uh... next week only, right? M.
Headed back? - DM Marcin Friday October 29th, 2004 10:54:54 AM
The giant guard finishes his round and stops for a chit-chat with his pal at the gate. Both of them lean on their halberds. Wind brings faint echo of a loud laughter.
Three small, very dirty children dressed in rags leave the village carrying two buckets each. They stop near the stream and start cleaning. The work quickly turns to play as they start to pick handfuls of mud from the stream bed and toss one at another.
There is some commotion on the other side of the village. Two giants in hunting gear (javelins, spears) emerge from the forest. One of them is holding a leash of some large, hairy, black furred beast. From this distance it looks like an overgrown, hunched hunting hound, but its trot is strange - it moves forward in short leaps, always tense like a wound-up spring.
The party, unable to reach a decision just yet, comes up with a third option: do remote scouting and withdraw to Plateau City - for now.
Arien Friday October 29th, 2004 3:40:42 PM
Arien studies the ground carefully, commiting it to memory. As he studies he speaks, "If the town has a shop I may be able to purchase the means to scry into here remotely as well so I could do some scouting from the town while we wait for the festival."
Renik Sunday October 31st, 2004 5:15:56 PM
"Then we withdraw, much as it galls me. I do not feel comfortable with this course, but if we are not ready then I suppose we have no choice. Let us go."
Tratain Monday November 1st, 2004 12:11:28 AM
Tratain says "Lets talk to those children over there first before we decide to leave or not. They are not acting like mindless Thralls. It would be a shame to leave now without even trying to get back the ring. And who knows if it will even still be here two or three days from now when we get back from the festivle. We may miss the only opportunity we will have to retrieve it if we leave so soon."
Renik (Sorry for additional post, but...) Monday November 1st, 2004 2:20:51 AM
The rogue's face darkens as plans and counter-plans are made. It is time to put his foot down.
"No. We do not approach the children. Use your head, Tratain! A bunch of strange men approach some children from out of the forest, what do you think they are going to do? They'll run off yelling for their parents, and the camp is at our throats. At the very best they'll talk to us, then tell their parents about us later. We still know nothing about where the allegiance of these people lie. We have seen no sign that they are being mistreated or coerced in any way. Until we can determine that we must remain hidden. Do not approach the children.
"Enough. As leader I am making an executive decision here; Setanos, cast Improved Invisibility on me and Fly on Arien. Arien, cast Invisibility on yourself. You are coming with me to quickly scout that fort. Once there you'll need to Detect Magic for those items. If we leave it a few days the magical trail will probably have gone cold. Everyone else sit tight and get ready for a quick getaway. No more discussion, no more argument, let's move out. Now."
Come fly with me - DM Marcin Monday November 1st, 2004 3:17:20 AM
Arien takes a good look around [but, unless he spends an hour taking in details, the place will count as "vieved once" for the purposes of Teleport spell, not "studied carefully"].
The plans change yet again. This time Arien and Renik are about to scout the camp [are we talking about the village here, or the fort?]. Arien will go under Invisibility, Renik under Improved Invisibility. Arien will be under effects of Fly and will look for magic auras using Detect Magic.
[Arien, Setanos: do you have such spells ready? Are you willing to cast them and carry out that plan? What about the rest of you, does anyone object to this course of action?]
Carl OOC Monday November 1st, 2004 7:56:49 AM
Sorry, meant fort, not camp.
Setanos (Ex Mage Armor) Monday November 1st, 2004 8:04:00 AM
Setanos growls softly to Renik "Whatcha tone lad when ya be speaking to ma priest. With that he relents somewhat and casts Improved Invisiblity and Fly on Arien, saying as he does so "Arien's best ta be able ta cast and stay hidden. He'll be getting tha better spell."
Setanos (Ex Mage Armor) Monday November 1st, 2004 10:37:21 AM
OOC: Slight problem: Improved Invis only lasts 1 round/level, not one min/level.
In light of that if I can retract the casting of Improved Invis, since it wouldnt last long enough to do any good. Arien can still get the fly, cast his own invis and scout magically.
Sorry, didnt check that before casting.
Tratain Monday November 1st, 2004 11:28:32 AM
Tratain goes back to watching the Fort and Village and says "When we get back we may want to look into getting one of those invisibility rings. It would be really usefull in situations like these when they arise."
Tratain tries to count how many giants he can see maning the walls and wandering around. He also attempts to see the general state of the villagers. Do they look healthy or malnourished. Are the giants mistreating them, are they wearing normal clothing or are they all in rags like the children.
Draax Monday November 1st, 2004 11:33:23 AM
Draax listens as more options are given by the group and sighs in relief when Renik finally makes a decision. He takes note of the tone of voice used by Renik to Setanos and he realizes that the inactivity is getting to everyone. Sitting here just waiting is not going to be easy. He ensures himself that all his gear is packed and ready to move before finding a comfortable spot to sit and hide while they wait.
Sarigar (AC19) and Black Paws (AC17) (CV132) Monday November 1st, 2004 2:48:20 PM
The brothers are half tempted to go sneaking in themselves with all the bickering going on, but when it's finally decided and the scout group goes in, they sit tight.
/ooc Yes, it would have been just for this week, but I got to have a break period, thus the post =)
Arien Monday November 1st, 2004 6:01:41 PM
Arien sighs and shakes his head when Renik snaps. These humans are much to hasty for his liking and he wonders at the wisdom of continuing on like this. "Hold Setanos," Arien says when he goes to cast the spell on him. "Renik you risk much with this foolhardy haste you move with. You not only risk your life and mine, which I do not mind but you also risk the life of the friend you speak so callously to. If we are captured how do you propose the rest are to get back in time for the festival? Do you really desire to see another friend die due to your rash actions? You are the leader yes, and I will follow, but I wish you would begin to act the part. I do not have invisibilty memorized at the moment and besides that I only have the greater version in my spellbook, which will only give us a few moments for this scouting you so ardently desire. But I will go along without it and if something happens, so be it."
Rond Tuesday November 2nd, 2004 1:43:28 AM
Having not much input to the current conversation. Nor any skills that would change the current situation. Rond imagines this is what a piece of meat feels like when it's grilled. Being flipped from one side to the other.
No invisibility - DM Marcin Tuesday November 2nd, 2004 9:18:52 AM
Tratain counts two giants standing guard on the walls of the fort and two more walking towards the gate with the strange creature on a leash.
The villagers are a bit too far away to be seen with much detail, but the way they move tells a lot. No healthy man would ever walk - nay, lurch around with his head between his shoulders like that. The moves of the villagers are slow and automatic, as if everyone there was on the verge of exhaustion. Everyone is dressed in dark, faded colors. Come to think of it there is not a single spot of merrier colors anywhere in the village.
Meanwhile the party discovers it has not a single long duration invisibility at its disposal. This is a serious setback to the plan suggested by Renik.
The discussion continues and the mood is turning sour. The party seems to have serious problem deciding the next course of action.
Renik Tuesday November 2nd, 2004 12:11:20 PM
"We return to the town, then. Let us return when we are prepared."
Setanos (Ex Mage Armor) Tuesday November 2nd, 2004 1:33:39 PM
Setanos shakes his head at Renik's words, a mixture of shock,surprise and utter disappointment. "No lad, we willna just walk away from this, an I dinna think ya tha sort that could. Look at tha people there." he says, pointing to the people in the village. "We will not be leaving them behind ta keep my skin safe. I'd rather die trying then run tail cause yer being fussy about what we know."
His actions bolster his words as he says this, and it is clear from his stance that he fully intends to deal with the giant fort this day.
He turns to the rest of the group.
"These people will na be bullied another day so long as I draw breath an strength from Domi. I will be free'n them, an I ken use yer help."
Sarigar (AC19) and Black Paws (AC17) (CV132) Tuesday November 2nd, 2004 3:05:02 PM
The brothers look at the group from their concealment with a look of utter confusion. They enjoy their fun and even take risks from time to time, but the idea of boldly running in where the chances of success are so slim boggles their minds. No animal would do that unless they're backed into a corner, why do these pack mates wish to do so now?
Feng Tuesday November 2nd, 2004 8:44:55 PM
"I agree that these people should be helped but they have endured this long and while it pains me, they can wait a few more days. We know now more than we did. We can approach the halfling officials and see what assistance they may lend."
Draax Tuesday November 2nd, 2004 9:00:23 PM
Draax is a little shocked at the thought of leaving without verifying the location of the items, but since he cannot offer anything in locating the items it might be best to return.
Draax has intentionally avoided looking at the slaves in the village because he knew how his heart would feel if he did. He also knew that any aid to the village could possibly alert the drow and cause them to loss the items. Hearing Setanos' plea Draax looks toward the villagers and realizes that something must be done.
"I hear what you are saying Setanos, but before we do anything let's think this thing through. We cannot defeat all the giants of the keep and would have a hard time with their guests. Which means that we would have to help the villagers escape. But escape to where? Where will they go? How would we get them there? And how would we keep the pursuit from catching them and killing them? I want to help them too, but helping them so they can be caught and treated worst or even killed is not doing them any favors.
"If we do this we need to think about more than just making our conscience feel good.
"Like Feng suggested let's speak to the halflings or at least we can return more prepared to take on an army of giants. Seeing them suffering as they are means that we will not leave them like this for long or at least die trying to free them."
Draax wishes that he did not believe that his last statement would be the case.
Tratain Tuesday November 2nd, 2004 11:37:06 PM
Tratain says "I can't believe you all want to leave before we have even done anything. So far I have only counted 4 giants, I don't see an army. For all we know there may only be 4, I doubt we would be that lucky but the point is we don't know. If you don't want to go talk with those children then lets wait here until someone you think would be better happens to wander by. These people are obviously slaves, look at them. I'm sure they would gladly give us the information we wanted. No ones saying we should just charge in there and try and take them all in the fort. We need information and the only way were going to get it is to either ask the villagers or go charging in there and find out the hard way since there are no invisibility spells memorized. Though I bet that You Renik and Sarigar could get close enough without magic to gather the information we need. We are going to have to do this sooner or later. If its later who knows where we'll have to go looking for the ring or if they've duplicated it or who knows what. The Plataue City is too far away for us to expect them to send troops and the halflings don't care for any outsiders at all really do you honestly expect that they'll send anyone all the way out here to rescue some stragers when they are safe behind thier towers."
Return Trip (DM Cayzle) Wednesday November 3rd, 2004 9:04:24 AM
You look at the slaves, and your hearts go out to them. Indeed, their plight so touches Setanos that he wants to use force immediately to save them! But as Sarigar points out, it is a suicide mission. Although the group has not seen a huge number of giants yet, but -- looking at this place -- there is no doubt that there are more.
The fate of Gaxx hangs over the group, and is a reminder that even a few giants can inflict fatal damage.
Feng and Draax agree in their hearts with Setanos, but in their heads they know that the slaves will be much the same in a few days.
Tratain doubts that the halflings will help, and Plateau City is far away.
Time passes as the group debates, and if you wanted to teleport back here, it would considered "studied carefully."
Renik's opinion becomes the group consensus, and the party leaves the giants' fortress.
[OOC: Friends, in order to move things along, let's say that the group departs, per the majority view (I count four vs. two). Where are you going? Crescent Valley? Plateau City? Is it safe for me to assume you all can teleport there now? In any event, please use the next post to say where you go, how you get there, how long you stay, and what you do there.]
Sarigar (AC19) and Black Paws (AC17) (CV132) Wednesday November 3rd, 2004 11:45:05 AM
Seeing as he has no real ties to anywhere, Sarigar will go wherever the group goes. Plateau City will probably be the best place to find extra help should that be what we desire.
As for how to get there, magically, the brothers would have to be passengers as one Longstrider would not take them very far.
If it weren't Gargul's decree that ALL members at the raising be at the festival, he would suggest that he stay behind and keep an eye on things. He can survive pretty much indefinitely in the wilderness. Staying behind would allow him to count the number of giants a little more precisely and maybe determine a pattern to their movements.
Hmmmm, I don't recall Rond being at that raising, perhaps he could stay behind as a scout. I'm assuming he's at least part ranger and thus would be able to survive out here quite well.
Just a thought, albiet out of character
Renik Wednesday November 3rd, 2004 3:53:16 PM
"I also suggest we head back to Plateau City. That way we can buy any gear we need, attend the festival day, and update our employer with everything we know so far. I believe the festival is in 2 days, so let's stay that long, decide on how best to infiltrate the fort, and then teleport back here once the festival is over, with backup if we can find it. Arien, how long will it take to get everyone back? Sarigar makes a good point; if you are willing, Rond, it might be a good idea to stay here and keep an eye on things. It would be useful to see who comes and goes from the fort over the next couple of days."
Renik's vote: Plateau City, via Arien's teleport spells (however long that might take).
Arien Wednesday November 3rd, 2004 6:12:29 PM
"I will need to memorize them in the morning then I can, through some meta-magic manipulation memorize the spell five times. That would be enough for up to three trips there which should be more than enough to get us all there."
Feng Wednesday November 3rd, 2004 9:01:34 PM
"Plateau City sounds like the best place. We can attend the festival and I have enough gold to get the other half of my axe enchanted to kill giants. We seem to run across them often enough."
Setanos (Extended Mage Armor) Thursday November 4th, 2004 11:08:01 AM
Setanos looks about in great disappointment. "So ya leave, ta save meh skin, when I have asked ya ta stay. An in doing so ya risk our mission, and cause these people ta endure another day o slavery. An why? I know ye all well enough ta know ya faced dangers before. But this...this be seeming cowardly., he says, spitting at the last word. "But if that be what ya decide, so be it, I kenna do this alone."
As he readies to go, Setanos continually looks towards the fort, a mixture of frustration and sadness on his face.
OOC: As a Protector of Domi, what you're asking Setanos to do is completely against his oaths and values. In the interest of keeping the group together and not splintered I've yielded, but I'm going to have to decide on where things will go after this mission.
Meanwhile, Back in Plateau City (DM Cayzle) Thursday November 4th, 2004 11:51:33 AM
The group sets up a camp and waits within sight of the Giant Fort. They see, over the course of a few hours, 10 giants practicing fighting within the walls. Somewhat later a patrol of four giants and their odd canines returns to the rough fortress.
You also see slaves at work -- a mix of goblins, humans, orcs, gnolls. You also see a number of ... dwarves? But the dwarfish folk are evidently guests, judging by the way the giants interact with them.
Early the next morning, the group teleports in relays and returns to Plateau City. This is now Day Six, and tomorrow is the Festival.
What are you doing here, and how long are you taking. Maybe we can get this sojourn out of the way quickly?
[OOC: Sorry for a late post today. I try to do it first thing int he morning. But the site was down.]
Sarigar and Black Paws Thursday November 4th, 2004 11:58:43 AM
Once in Plateau, the brothers immediately head over to "their spot" in Gladiator Park to avoid as much of the crowds as possible. On the day of the Festival, they attend, only because they said they would. They don't really believe in gods, but this "Gargul" person seemed powerful enough to live up to his promise of making Setanos die and having another packmate die (even for a second time) is something they would rather avoid.
Setanos d20+13=25 Thursday November 4th, 2004 12:05:34 PM
Setanos spends his day in the Temple of Domi, scribing a spell into his spell book.
OOC: Spell Craft check 25 vrs DC 18 to copy Fireball into his Baccobs Blessed Book.
Setanos Thursday November 4th, 2004 12:07:01 PM
Afterward he spends time in the Temple of Gargul, contemplating his new found life.
Draax Thursday November 4th, 2004 4:02:00 PM
Draax spends the day before the festival seeing to his horse. He takes time to ride the animal and give it some exercise. He finds a nice tree to lie under and feed the horse a few apples while he ponders the situation with the giant's fort.
Renik Thursday November 4th, 2004 5:26:48 PM
The rogue reports back to the temple, filling their employer in with the details of their mission's progress. He asks for assistance in tackling the fort, but in truth expects none.
Like Sarigar Renik feels a bit out of place at the ceremony of Gargul, but attempts to look as dour and solemn as all the other worshippers. He only winks at three particularly attractive acolytes.
Before they head back he makes time to talk with Setanos. "My friend, I am sorry for the way things have turned out. We have been ineffective in our mission, and have left people behind to suffer. But think on this; if by our holding back a few days to improve our chances we bring about their release, when early action may have led to our doom, do we not benefit the victims more greatly by departing? Is it cowardice to retreat in the face of certain death, when by preparedness, guile and bold action we might win the battle another day? I understand your anger, my friend. I too am frustrated. We were not ready to act when we should have been. But if we rush headlong at insurmountable odds when other, better alternatives present themselves, well then we are not brave, or righteous, or worthy. We owe it to those slaves to win, and we can only win if we are ready. Let us prepare ourselves, return to the fort, and do what we set out to do."
Feng Thursday November 4th, 2004 9:04:22 PM
Feng swings by the catacombs before heading over to the temple of Gargul to take part in the pre-festival acitivities. He wishes they could have done something back at the fort but they were not prepared to deal with the situation.
Rond Thursday November 4th, 2004 10:25:22 PM
Rond is at a loss for words when the party returns to civilization. Once again he sees a group of people splintering because they cannot agree on a course of action. AT least this time, they didn't have someone go off and do something strange, like the bard did awhile ago.
Arien Friday November 5th, 2004 5:44:32 AM
Arien attends the ceremony and reflects upon the friends he has made, and lost, since he began his career in adventuring. After the ceremony Arien heads to the Catacombs to make some purchases.
The Eye of Gargul (DM Cayzle) Friday November 5th, 2004 10:34:12 AM
Sarigar and Black Paws spend their time as far from the urban masses as possible. Setanos does his arcane business and then heads to the Gargulite Temple. Draax spends some quality time with his mount. Feng and Arien do some shopping. Rond finds a quiet place to do some thinking.
Renik reports to HQ and asks for assistance. Brother Hagemenes, the treasurer, is the highest ranking person around to talk to, as Kiriana is unavailable.
The elder human looks unhappy when Renik asks for assistance. "Absolutely not! We cannot spare more funds for this mission. We are bleeding money on so many fronts. I'm sorry, but I cannot give you any funds."
"But if it is advice, you are after, I would be happy to share my years of experience with you. You are faced with an opponent you will be hard pressed to defeat in a straight-up battle. Therefore if you fight, then fight intelligently -- divide your enemy. Maximize your strengths. Or perhaps it would be wisest not to fight! Pursue other options. The two most obvious are stealth and negotiation. Walk in covertly, or walk in with a show of strength. Remember that your mission is not to defeat giants, kill evil creatures, or free slaves. Your mission, which trumps all other concerns, is the return of the coin and other objects. Bloodshed is not always the answer."
The entire group attends the ceremony at the Temple of Gargul. It is a strange place, full of the trappings of both death and birth. Renik winks at a few Gargulites, but their steely looks and the fact that they cast no shadows are a little more than somewhat daunting.
At the height of the ceremony, braziers burning incense make the place hazy. You feel a momentary vast weight press down on you. Something stirs in the mists at the altar that was not there a second ago.
If you make a Spot check vs DC15, then Please Highlight to display spoiler: {You notice a small humanoid standing on the altar -- an imp, looking at you!}
Then the weight is gone, the mists clear, and all is as it was. The congregation looks stunned, and several clerics with glowing eyes turn to look at the group.
Setanos feels that his presence has been acknowledged.
After the ceremony, the group leaves as one and meets to talk over what needs to be done.
[Friends, I'm assuming that Arien has the spells prepared to bring you back to the Giant Fort today, the day of the ceremony. Since the ceremony lasted most of the afternoon, you might want to go back, rest outside the fort and start fresh the day after the Ceremony with a full complement of spells in your heads. Please use the weekend to talk strategy. Post as often as you like. I hope you all can find a consensus on a plan. Be forewarned -- this module is non-linear and can be solved in several ways, but some paths are tougher than others, and if you are stupid, I'll feel free to hack you down! No quarter from the newbie DM! LOL!]
Sarigar and Black Paws d20+15=27 Friday November 5th, 2004 11:50:29 AM
The brothers easily pick out the imp as they are doing very little at the ceremony other than being present as that "Gargul" person demanded. Anyone near them would probably hear a low growl as they stared at the little unnatural creature.
At the gathering of group, the brother are rather quiet, but it's readily apparent that he's ready to go when the others are set. If Renik mentions some of the priests suggestions, particularly about dividing the opposing forces and/or the stealth, he's more than happy with either one. As for these nego...negoshe...ummm...talking, he's obviously not up for that, but will go with whatever gets them to their prey.
Draax d20+5=7 Friday November 5th, 2004 12:50:40 PM
Draax is not sure what he expected from the ceremony, but he almost panics when he feel the weight descend upon him. He is relieved when the weight is finally lifted and then wonders why everyone is looking at them.
Back at the fort Draax finds a concealed spot to set up his tent. He then volunteers for the first watch.
Feng d20+1=7 Friday November 5th, 2004 5:41:33 PM
Feng enjoys the festival, more than he thought he would. With so much fighting he doesn't get much time to get into the religious practices of the gods he serves.
Arien d20+9=19 d100=9 Friday November 5th, 2004 7:43:01 PM
Arien remains still as he spots the imp looking at him. Then dismissing the matter Arien continues to reflect upon the past. After the ceremony when the group is all together Arien teleports them back to the area outside the fort they were at previously.
Renik d20+11=21 Sunday November 7th, 2004 3:33:37 PM
The rogue recounts the words of Brother Hagemenes to the other party members.
At the ceremony he realises that for some reason there is an imp on the altar. He shrugs mentally. Not for him to question the many mysteries of the Gods. Gargul wants imps doing magic tricks at his parties? Who is Renik to argue? Still, he can't help but feel that the ceremony could be easily improved. Nothing a few fireworks and a couple of dozen dancing girls wouldn't sort out.
Once back at the fort Renik takes stock. "OK, I visited the Catacombs in Plateau City, and with the party funds we were given by Kiriana we should be suitably prepared to make our move now.
To recap, here's the plan. Arien casts Veil upon everyone but he and I, disguising them as giants. They then approach the fort from the path and form a diversion. Fighting is to be avoided if at all possible; the plan is to draw attention, not arouse suspicion. Meanwhile Arien and I will go in invisible, flying and with non-detection cast. We will also be in telepathic contact with everyone else when sufficiently close together. I believe the distance is no more than 30ft, is that right Arien?.
Arien will attempt to trace the magical aura of the items we seek. If that fails we will have to hunt fort them the old fashioned way. Arien, could you tell us how long we have for the various spells? We'll need to get out before the durations end.
One final thing: We'll need a method of getting the diversion party out of the area once the deed is done. Any thoughts on how we might achieve that?"
Tratain Sunday November 7th, 2004 11:07:45 PM
Tratain attends the ceremony and afterwards listens to Reniks plan. He says "The Illusion may be risky, all it will take for the entire plan to crumble is for just one giant or Drow to see through it. But I don't have any better Idea's."
Draax Monday November 8th, 2004 2:04:57 AM
Draax listens to the plan.
"Getting out will depend on the type of diversion we create, I suggest we start a fire away from the slaves which should avoid any of the giants looking closely at us during the confusion."
Rond d20+7=12 Monday November 8th, 2004 7:03:44 AM
Rond contemplates the meaning of the ceremony up and until the point at which he feels the weight descend upon him. Worrying about something of evil intent, Rond's sense of dread increases. When the weight disappears and nothing happens, Rond exhales in relief.
Rond listens to Renik as he passes on the Brothers instructions. Rond then add, "I agree that our primary focus is about return the coin and other objects. If we had not come north, we would not have found the slaves, and they would still be held in slavery. We know about them now, we can attempt a rescue at a different time. Besides, if we rescue them all, then we have no chance of keeping an eye on the enclosure. What if at a later date, we try to recruit one of them to spy for us?
But that's at a later date. Our primary goal is to get the objects we came for and get out. A rescue attempt will have to come at a different time."
Setanos Monday November 8th, 2004 7:39:26 AM
Setanos nods his agreement with the plan to use the veil. Those that know him can tell he is troubled, but he speaks no more on the subject.
Feng Monday November 8th, 2004 8:06:00 AM
The situation at hand troubles the young half-orc. He desperately wants to free the slaves but how many lives will he endanger by doing so? How would he get the slaves back to cilvilization? Those people need food, water, and clothing against the cold temperatures.
"I want to help those enslaved people but I don't know how. Either we kill all the giants or take them out of the scab. Those people would need food and clothing to survive the trip and some people still might not make it. I'm struggling to come up with a solution."
Final Preparations (DM Cayzle) Monday November 8th, 2004 10:32:50 AM
The group is currently about 20 minutes walk from the giant fort. Where do you want to be when the Veil is cast? What kind of giants will you look like? What kind of gear and equipment? Wealthy? Average? What about Black Paws? Will he be disguised too? What other spells and preparations will you make?
Note that per the SRD rules, "Those who interact with the subjects can attempt Will disbelief saves to see through the glamer." I will play that when you act as a giant, make a disguise and/or bluff check -- untrained if necessary. Based on these checks, I'll decide whether or not any giants you meet get to make a Will save to disbelieve. Essentially, they get a save if you do something suspicious. They definitely get a save if they shake hands, fight, or wrestle you while disguised.
Remember that all Veiled PCs must stay within 30 feet of each other, per the spell!
With the next post, I'd like to get us moving! K?
Also, note that although you are free, of course, to role play however you wish, I do not require paladins, protectors of domi, good clerics, and such PCs to attack evil characters! Good does not equal stupid!
Sarigar and Black Paws d20+30=33 d20+25=32 d20+14=21 d20+14=16 Monday November 8th, 2004 12:41:24 PM "Ummm, what is the 'vale' spell thing you want to use on me? Assuming one of the casters explains it to him in the simplest terms possible, hopefully including its disadvantages, he'll return with...
"Prolly not gonna work on me. I ain't good with people. The giants are gonna know I ain't a giant. Brother and I can hide close by in case you need us. Good idea though, I just don't wanna make it bad."
If there's no arguement with the brothers playing the stealth card. They will shadow the party from what cover they can find for as long as they can to stay within about 60 feet of the others that are going in veiled (Sarigar Hide 33, Move Silent 32 - Black Paws Hide 21, Move Silent 16).
ooc: Not only does Sarigar have no idea how to act like a giant, but he takes penalties to Diplomacy and Buff checks as a Lost Child. =)
Renik Monday November 8th, 2004 5:40:32 PM
"Tratain has a point. I'm a little worried that the disguised party members could increase the risk of our mission's failure. Unless anyone strongly objects I think we're better off reverting to the original plan. Arien and I will go in alone. Then, we can't get the items, we can all go in together in disguise as a backup plan.
"Arien, let's get into the treeline, cast our spells (Invisibility, Non detection, Flight), and go exploring."
OOC: Renik has the requisite items on the way from the Catacombs. Mailing you confirmation now Cayzle.
Wands of Invisibility (4500 gp)
Potions of Non-detection (4*750= 3000 gp)
Potions of Cure Moderate Wounds (3*300= 900)
Scrolls of Rary's Telepathic Bond (3*1125= 3375)
Total Purchase: 11775 gp from the group party fund of 12,000. 225 remains.
Tratain Monday November 8th, 2004 11:39:21 PM
Tratain waits where Renik directs the party to and settles down to wait for the scouts to return with the location of the items if they can find them.
Draax Tuesday November 9th, 2004 12:23:55 AM
Draax listens to the change of the plan again and realizes that he is back to sitting and waiting again. He sighs and finds himself a comfortable spot to sit while they wait.
Arien Tuesday November 9th, 2004 3:21:26 AM
Arien casts extended mage armor at the beginning of the day. When the plan changes once again Arien shakes his head but follows orders. He casts fly upon himself and then follows that up with a potion of non-detection and one of invisibility. Then once Renik is ready he heads out to towards the giant's compound.
0 Level: Detect Magic x2, Light, Read Magic x2 1st Level: Burning Hands, Magic Missile x5, Protection from Evil 2nd Level: Rope Trick, Scorching Ray x4, Extended Shield 3rd Level: Displacement, Dispel Magic, Fireball x2, Lightning Bolt 4th Level: Dimension Door x2, Evard's Black Tentacles, Ice Storm, Stone Skin 5th Level: Summon Monster V x2, Cone of Cold, Wall of Force 6th Level: Chain Lightning x2, Veil
Setanos (Extended Mage Armor) Tuesday November 9th, 2004 8:24:50 AM
Setanos says nothing as the plans change, but wishes his companions a safe trip. He then spends his time in various tasks designed to offset the tension he feels about the risks of this mission, and his inability to do much beyond sitting and waiting. He will continually observe things in the valley from their camp, looking for signs of trouble.
The Trail grows Hot! (DM Cayzle) Tuesday November 9th, 2004 10:19:11 AM
This is Day Eight, morning, in the lands of the Flamehorn Clan, the Scab. It is the day after the festival of Gargul. The party creeps as close to the giant fort as it can while still being confident that they are well hidden. The stench of the place grows strong, the rotten eggs smell that comes from the nearby hot springs.
You end up in the woods to the southwest of the gate to the walled fort.
You see slaves at work -- humans, orcs, halflings, gnolls, others. You see about ten giants in the immediate area supervising slaves, watching, and going about their own business. You cannot see inside the fort from where you are at the moment.
That changes after Arien and Renik take to the sky. At first the two scouts have a problem -- how to sense where the other is? But the easiest solution is to fly holding hands.
At first Arien is discouraged, since the magic trail leading into the fort has long since dissipated. However, soon the trail heats right up! Flying above the fort, and then down into the compound, the duo fly by different buildings and people.
There are giants walking here and there -- it looks like a patrol of five are getting ready to head out. They are at the pen near the hot spring, and they have a double handful of those huge canines with them. Arien senses that several are carrying magic items, but nothing like what he seeks.
At first the mage thinks the trail is cold. Then, near a few human-sized houses, Arien sees the trail! It is, without question, the sign he seeks. Powerful magic has been passing by the area -- carried from one house to the main building and back, several times a day for the last some-odd days.
As the two watch, the door to the house opens, and a drow steps out. For a flash, while the door is open, Arien senses the source of the trail for the first time. This is potent magic indeed, maybe more powerful than Arien has sensed before. Then the door shuts, the drow walks to the stone building, and enters.
With this information in hand, the duo returns to the group and reports in.
Please consider this great map, originally created by Marcin, scribbled on by your humble DM.
Feng Tuesday November 9th, 2004 12:15:52 PM
"So we know that our quarry might be inside but those he dealt with definitely are. From what you have mentioned, there are many giants about. Perhaps we try the veil spell to get us through the camp? The giants will be onto us at some point. I would rather worry about them after we have what we came for."
Sarigar and Black Paws Tuesday November 9th, 2004 12:37:41 PM
The brothers listen, as intently as they normaly do, to Renik and Arien's scouting report. He doesn't recall seeing the giant dog-things when he scouted the first time and he's curious what they may be.
"hmmmm, I think I'd screw up this 'vale' thing you wanna use, but I'll do it if ya want. Prolly better if me and brother just sneak and stay as close as we can, but out of sight. Or maybe one of them 'see through' spell-things.
Prepared Spells: 1 Long Strider 1 Magic Fang
Tratain Wednesday November 10th, 2004 12:14:44 AM
Tratain waits for Renik and Arien to return with their information. While waiting he attempts to get a count of how many giants and slaves there are.
Draax Wednesday November 10th, 2004 12:40:55 AM
Hearing the duo's report Draax is relieved that the items are still within their reach. He agrees with Feng's assessment of the situation. First they need to get the items and then they can worry about the pursuit.
Renik Wednesday November 10th, 2004 2:50:29 AM
"Assuming we can get the items, do we have a magical means of escape, or would we have to fight our way out if things turned sour?" asks the rogue.
Considering (DM Cayzle) Wednesday November 10th, 2004 7:16:33 AM
The group ponders its next course of action. They have a place to go, now, but how to get there?
========== MEANWHILE ==========
It was frustrating, he thought to himself ... moderately lucrative, but hardly the source of riches he had expected. Stupid humans! Stupid Faerie Tales! Who could understand them!
He just HAD to figure out how to make this work out right!
Arien Wednesday November 10th, 2004 7:18:31 AM
"Well I do have a couple of dimension door spells memorized but I am mostly a combat mage so relying on me to help run away is the not the best thing. Also, I think perhaps you rely too much on magic Renik. A good old fire will certainly distract the inhabitants here. Aside from that as several of our friends here have said, leaving these people here really isn't an option." A thought occurs to Arien as he speaks, "You know Benny's love may be a captive here, who knows how long these giants have been here."
Setanos (Extended Mage Armor) Wednesday November 10th, 2004 8:15:33 AM
Setanos listens to the report with interest. He spends some time mulling over the options. "I'll tell ya true, I dinna think we ken be gettin outta here without a fight. We might, if we using magic ta escape. But its gonna be rough."
Sarigar and Black Paws Wednesday November 10th, 2004 12:21:52 PM "Hmmm, we got people to save? I thought we had to get a shiny thingie? I'm confused."
Sarigar rubs his head as if it's hurting and Black Paws buries his nose in his paws as if mimicking Sarigar.
Renik Wednesday November 10th, 2004 4:54:13 PM
"Very well. Let us disguise ourselves. I'm going in invisible and with non-detection. While you create the diversion and Sarigar hangs back to light a fire I'll try to blink inside that building and secure the items. With the telepathy in spell in place we'll need to stick fairly close together to maintain contact. No more than 30 feet between each person, I believe. Who can best speak for the group as a Giant?" (OOC: Best disguise mod? Anyone speak Giant?)
Feng Wednesday November 10th, 2004 6:25:58 PM
"I do believe that we will have to battle the giants at some point. Is there anyway we can fortify a position to make that easier? I do think a normal fire would be a nice distraction. I'm sure it happens now and again."
Arien Wednesday November 10th, 2004 7:32:03 PM
"I have just the thing then," Arien says as he reaches into his pockets. He produces ten flasks of alchemist's fire. "Two of these on a building would definitely set a blaze going wouldn't you think? I would say that we set fire to a few of the buildings then sneak inside the compound and deal with the drow. We kill them and take the bodies. The giants would likely think the drow set the fire to distract them and took off. If we take their stuff at the same time I think that it'll definitely look like they took off. We may be able to turn the allies against each other which would definitely help. At the very least we would deal with one group and would have that much less to deal with later."
Rond Wednesday November 10th, 2004 10:22:53 PM
(ooc sorry for missed posts).
"I'd rather try to fight the Giants as we leave the fort, so maybe we can go in with veil right after Renik and Arien go in invisible, so that way we're there in case they get stuck, and we all just try to work our way out of the fort."
Tratain Wednesday November 10th, 2004 11:45:34 PM
Tratain says, "The Fire should give us the diversion we need to get the ring. It galls me to not be able to help these people, I will come back after we return the ring. Renik did you get a count as to how many giants there were? There may be too many to fight straight on but when we return we can start to whittle down their numbers."
Draax Thursday November 11th, 2004 4:38:31 AM
Draax listens as plans are being made.
Setanos (Extended Mage Armor) Thursday November 11th, 2004 12:15:30 PM "Just ta be sure, ya talkin bout setting tha giant houses on fire, not tha slaves. If we ain't gonna save em, let's no burn down their house."
A Plan Emerges (DM Cayzle) Thursday November 11th, 2004 1:28:35 PM
Some information from your inspection of the area:
There are maybe 25 to 35 thick-set, redhead giants, but about a dozen are kids and older giants who are not as battle-worthy. The younger males tend to fight and wrestle with each other a lot. At any given point in time there seems to be one or two patrols on duty -- just dumb luck kept the party from bumping into one so far. Especially with those big canines.
There are dozens of humans, orcs, halflings, goblins, and gnolls working in farming pursuits. They herd pigs and cows, grow crops, harvest fruit from trees. They are treated harshly, but there is none of the gratuitious cruelty that might spark rebellion.
You have also noted a number of smaller people who seem to be guests. The handful of drow that you tracked here. The Illithid Renik saw. maybe a dozen people that look dwarfish. And now, as you watch, a number of lizard people. These visitors walk among the giants and seem to be getting along famously.
===== ----- ===== ----- =====
As the group talks, the outline of a plan emerges.
One person will create a diversion by setting a giant building on fire. An outlying one or one inside the wall? Who is doing this? How is he getting there unseen? How is he setting the fire? How is he getting out unseen?
Meanwhile, the rest of the group will enter the fort proper and head to the Drow house. Some will be invisible and others will be using the disguise magic. Who will use which method? How will the disguises work? Giant disguises would be noticeable. Peasant disguises? Something else? By my reading of the spell description, you could be "anything you wish" -- mice and ants come to mind.
What will you do when you get to the Drow Guest House?
Sarigar and Black Paws Thursday November 11th, 2004 3:20:23 PM
Sarigar takes a pair of flasks from Arien and says "Ok, so, put these on a big-uns roof and a fire starts? Hmmm, they don't feel hot. How they gonna make fire?"
Looking obviously confused at how a cool to the touch flask is going to start a fire, but obviously eager at the propect of using them. "We can sneak em in there, no problem. Not sure we can get to da inside ones, but an outside one'll be easy."
He waits until the flasks are explained to him a little better then starts to make for the underbrush when he stops. "Ummm, when ya want the fire started?"
Draax Thursday November 11th, 2004 5:37:50 PM
"I picked up some endure elements scrolls if Arien would not mind casting them on those that need it. It will at least keep us from freezing to death if we need to wear light clothing to move quickly.
I also brought 3 see invisibility (20 minutes) and 4 comprehend language (10 minutes) scrolls. Not sure if they will be of any use for this mission because the duration of the spells are not long, but they are here if we need them."
Draax smiles at Sarigar's question, and starts to answer it until he realizes that he has no idea how it actually works.
Renik Friday November 12th, 2004 7:49:01 AM
"Sarigar, let's make you invisible. Then you can set a fire within one of the storage huts outside the fort. That should at least look a little more natural than the roof spontaneously bursting into flames. Set the fire if you hear any sounds of battle within the fort. Otherwise wait for a signal. With a bit of luck that will get the fort doors open as people come to assist, allowing us to slip out more easiliy.
I'll go into Drow building by blinking through the wall. The rest of you... Arien, can that spell turn the party into something less noticeable? Bees, perhaps? A few bees flying over the wall will never be spotted. Do you have access to our normal items once changed?
One last thought; once our mission is done we can come back for the prisoners. It ocurs to me that out here in the hills the compound is heavily reliant on supplies. We might not be able to beat 25 giants, but we could ambush their patrols, cut off their supplies and whittle down their force in that manner. A point to consider later, perhaps."
Feng Friday November 12th, 2004 8:55:28 AM
"We now know that there are several races in the fort with the giants. Perhaps we should appear as lizard folk or another race where not understanding the giant language is that suprising. Plus how observant will they be? I'm betting that all dwarves and lizard folk, ect... look the same to a giant."
Planning (DM Cayzle) Friday November 12th, 2004 5:15:28 PM
[OOC: Huh! Only four posts even with an extra 8 hours to post in. Please e-mail me if you are having problems. With the action about to heat up, I'd love to see more posting!]
The group continues to plan.
Note that the Veil spell is an illusion, not a transformation. It does not grant the ability to fly. Disguised as bees, you would be bees crawling on the ground (and suspiciously quickly for crawling bees, too, unless you were careful to slow down deliberately!)
Note that alchemist's fire combusts when exposed to air. Usually that's by throwing it and breaking the bottle.
By the way, is the plan to create the fire and sneak inside in all the chaos? Or to start a fight, and hope that a fire started after the melee begins will distract the combatants?
What signal would you use to tell Sarigar to start the blaze?
Rond Sunday November 14th, 2004 8:47:25 PM
(OOC: My posting problems are related to timing on my part. Just trying to get used to a new schedule at work.)
Having commented about his willingness to help out with the sneaking, Rond accepts his position to be in the party of fake Giants.
"I do not know any Giant tongues. Have we figured out whether anyone can or not?"
Tratain Sunday November 14th, 2004 10:03:03 PM
Tratain says, "It might be best if we wait on Sarigar to start the fire before we make our move. If there isn't something to keep them occupied someone's going to notice what's happening inside the fort. If we infiltrate the fort as something less noticeable like an insect, and then act when Sarigar starts the fire it will probably reduce the amount of opposition left inside the fort. Arien can cast his spell, and Sarigar can give us say an hour before he lights the fire. When the blaze gets going we can move in."
Draax Monday November 15th, 2004 12:52:15 AM
Draax likes the idea of going in as insects, but waits to hearing the answer to Renik's question about having access to their normal items once they are changed.
Arien Monday November 15th, 2004 3:05:01 AM
"The spell is an illusion, though we'll appear as something else we will actually be the same as normal. I would suggest going as something closer to what we really look like but I'll go with whatever Renik decides with. The spell will last at least eleven hours as well so I could cast it some time before we actually go in."
Feng Monday November 15th, 2004 6:14:41 AM
"I don't think that whatever the illusion happens to be is that important. Once we have to fight it doesn't matter who we appear to be. I just hope that the fire and illusion gets us to where we need to be before we are detected."
Renik Monday November 15th, 2004 6:26:56 AM
"I suppose whatever we go in as we'll have the problem of convincing true members of that race of our authenticity. Without speakers of giant or the tongues of the other races here I don't think we'll be able to pass ourselves off as them without being challenged. If we can be disguised as anything I suggest we take on the illusion of fleas. We'll be so small as to be practically invisible to the naked eye, and so our movement will not atract undue attention.
So let Sarigar, invisible, start the fire once we have had a chance to get close to the fort in disguised form. Sarigar, you must then circle round and meet us at a rendezvous point. That can be the spot where we last observed the fort from. The infiltration team keep in telepathic communication, move in, I will blink into the building, attempt to take the items, and then out we go. Any questions?"
Setanos [Extended Mage Armor] Monday November 15th, 2004 7:36:33 AM
Setanos takes in the plan and mulls it over. "I'm thinkin its tha best idea we got, lets getter done.
Sarigar and Black Paws d20+14=19 d20+25=35 Monday November 15th, 2004 11:07:33 AM "Ok, so I start the fire before or after you go in?"
Once that's answered and invisibility is cast on him, Sarigar and his brother move on toward the fort, looking for a currently unoccupied building just outside where he can sneak in and start his fire.
If there are no open doors, Sarigar will listen carefully (Listen 19) for movement inside to determine whether the building is occupied or not. Once a building is found, he will attempt to enter, through the door if possible (Black Paws will come with), through the window if necessary (Black Paws will stay just outside)(Move Silently 35)
The brothers will wait the allotted time or for the signal as per his question, then throw the vial as close to some bedding or similar flammable substance he can find to get the fire going quickly.
ooc: So long as his brother stays within about 5 feet of him, he'll have no chance of losing him despite the invisibility. Scent allows for pinpointing targets within 5 feet despite visibility).
And they're off! (DM Cayzle) d20+10=18 Monday November 15th, 2004 12:40:42 PM
[OOC: I'm taking Setanos's comment above -- "Setanos takes in the plan and mulls it over. "I'm thinkin its tha best idea we got, lets getter done." -- and assuming that means he'll cast Invisibility on Sarigar. I'm also assuming that Arien's words -- "I'll go with whatever Renik decides with" -- means he'll cast and maintain the Veil per Renik's plan. If not, please let me know ASAP!]
Remik explains to Sarigar that he should start the fire after the group has had the time to creep up to the fort.
Setanos casts Invisibility on Sarigar, who then heads off with Black Paws. The two have no problem avoiding detection and finding a building that looks like a barn, with lots of dry hay inside.
Meanwhile, Arien casts the Veil and disguises the entire group as fleas.
Moving slowly, so as to minimize the chance of detection, the group in flea disguise heads towards the main gate.
It is actually harder to stay undetected on the approach, since even as fleas, the group's movement shows signs like weeds moving aside, leaves shuffling on the ground and on low-lying branches.
If the group can make it to the road, it should actually be easier to avoid detection.
Everybody except Sarigar, please make a hide check -- or a Dex check -- with a +16 bonus for seeming diminuitive. So far you have not gotten inside the main gate.
Sarigar and Black Paws d20+15=32 Monday November 15th, 2004 4:05:34 PM
The brothers watch from concealment (regardless of the invisibility spell) for any sign that the group is near/in the fort or signs they may have been detected.
Holding action for one of two cases.
Case 1: If group appears to be undetected all the way in to the fort (Spot 32 to see any sign of them), he will wait a minute or so, then start his distraction.
Case 2: If it appears that the group has been seen, he will start his distraction immediately.
Once the distraction is started, the brothers will then move to another building, preferrably closer to the gate in case the others need him.
Tratain d20+17=23 Monday November 15th, 2004 5:03:56 PM
Tratain casts Comprehend language on himself right before the group starts off and tries to sneak along as best he can (Dex 23)
----------------------------------- Comprehend Language - 110 minutes
Draax AC25, HP110 d20+19=22 Monday November 15th, 2004 10:05:40 PM
Draax moves with the rest of the group trying to remain concealed (hide 22).
Feng AC 23, HP 105 d20+15=27 Monday November 15th, 2004 11:53:34 PM
Feng is still nervous as they begin their journey. The giant sorcerer they battled before was skilled in his craft and Feng feared that the magical illusion would be detected and giants would overrun them.
ooc: move silent 27
Rond d20+19=28 d20+23=40 Tuesday November 16th, 2004 1:06:06 AM
Shaking his head, but not volunteering any information. Rond does his best to hide (28) using his skills in addition to their cameoflage. Realizing that the fleas don't make noise relative to their surroundings, Rond does his best not to make noise, and tries to point out how to do so, to those that don't have the skill. (move silent=40)
Arien d20+4=23 d20+23=33 Tuesday November 16th, 2004 2:00:47 AM
Arien also moves as silenty as he can, choosing his steps carefully he follows Feng and Rond.
(Move Silently:23, Hide:33)
Setanos [HP:98 AC:19] (Ex Mage Armor) d20+18=27 Tuesday November 16th, 2004 7:27:56 AM
Setanos creeps along, trying to be as small and flea-like as he can.
OOC: Extended Mage Armor (18 hours) Cast in Morning Invisiblity on Sarigar: (9 Mins) Cast as entering village.
Renik (AC 23, HP 75, Invisible, Veil, in Telepathic communication with party) d20+21=37 d20+11=21 Tuesday November 16th, 2004 11:56:22 AM
OOC: Cayzle, the plan was also to have Telepathy cast.
Keeping within 30ft of the party the invisible rogue disguised as a flea nevertheless takes care that no-one can see him through the magic (Hide 37, Move Silently 21).
Telepathically he 'speaks' to the rest of the party:
Keep it slow and steady. Let's keep to the road, and hopefully we can walk right in through the front gate.
In the Fort of the Giants (DM Cayzle) Tuesday November 16th, 2004 12:10:38 PM
The group wends its slow sneaky way into the fort of the giants. Sarigar, with very sharp eyes and the knowledge of where to look, manages to spot some small sign of their passing, but the giants and slaves in the area are oblivious.
Relying on telepathy to keep in touch, the group sneaks through the gate. [OOC: Assuming that someone casts the telepathy spell from the earlier plan, as Carl reminded me? Please so note.]
Once inside, the hard-packed dirt offers little sign of passage as the group walks, so they pick up the pace a little.
Flying, Renik [And Arien if he is flying? If so, please post that and any active spells!] sees the red spark of fire that shows Sarigar's handiwork. Moments later, shouts go up and giants sprint to the walls. The gates are closed.
Sarigar, you have sneaked away from the blaze, and the barn is on fire. Two giants outside and all the slaves run up to start to put it out. The other giants are standing inside the fort, gate closed, throwing rocks in hand. If you want to enter the fort, please say how. If you want to stay at the edge of the woods or behind a building hiding, that's fine too.
In the fort, the dwarf-looking folk run to their house (small by giant standards) and slam the door shut. Now that you have seen them up close, they are not that dwarfish. But they are short and full-bearded. The group makes its way over to the drow house.
What spells are still in effect? Arcane sight? Who is going to try to enter the house, and how? What will he/they do inside?
Rond d20+19=35 d20+23=24 Tuesday November 16th, 2004 6:05:09 PM
Seeing the spark of the fire, Rond thinks, There starts the fire. Concentrating further, Rond waits to hear what anyone wants to do next. (HS=35, MS=24 (a 1) if needed (hope not :P )
Feng Tuesday November 16th, 2004 6:39:52 PM
Feng's grip tightens on his axe. His heart pounds thinking that the giants will rain boulders on them at any moment. He prays to the gods for this ro tun smoothly. All he wants is the items to be recovered and for them to get out easily.
Draax AC25, HP110 Tuesday November 16th, 2004 10:33:25 PM
As he travels with the group to the house Draax sends the following, "I think we should try going in through a window if one is available. If the items are unguarded we should check them for traps and then take them. If the drow are guarding the items, we should take them out as quickly and silently as possible. Hopefully we will still have the advantage of surprise."
Tratain AC 24 HP 82 (Comprehend Language) d20+9=22 Tuesday November 16th, 2004 11:27:49 PM
Tratain moves to near the door as quitely as he can and listens (Listen 22) to see if he can hear any voices inside and so hes ready to enter if Renik orders it.
He thinks to the others "The giants are very jumpy, that could make things extremely difficult. Their first reaction was to close the gates and prepare for an attack. I wonder who they are setting to defend against, their in the middle of nowhere. Who's going to come all the way out here if they don't need to."
Arien (AC: 21, Extended Mage Armor) Wednesday November 17th, 2004 3:36:31 AM
Arien positions himself in such a way that he can see inside the building when the door is opened but not be blocking the way for the rest of the party to rush in.
(Arien will cast the telepathy spells before-hand. I don't have access to my PHB at the moment and I don't recall the name of the spell though.)
Setanos [HP:98 AC:19] (Ex Mage Armor) Wednesday November 17th, 2004 7:13:24 AM
Setanos braces himself and waits.
OOC: Extended Mage Armor (18 hours) Cast in Morning Invisiblity on Sarigar: (9 Mins) Cast as entering village.
Renik (AC 23, HP 75, Blinking, Invisible, Veil, in Telepathic communication with party) d20+11=31 d20+11=21 Wednesday November 17th, 2004 9:12:10 AM I'm going to blink my head through the wall, take a look around, then pop back out before anyone can spot me the rogue thinks to his companions.
If the coast is clear I'll stay in and hunt for the item, keeping an eye out for traps. I'll maintain telepathic chatter throughout, so if I go quiet you'll know there's trouble. Stand ready to come in through the door if I yell.
Disguised as a flea, the invisible rogue blinks through the wall (I assume it's under 5ft thick?), takes a look around (Spot 31, nat 20) and blinks back out if he sees anyone, maintaining his telepathic commentary throughout. If the room is empty and seems safe he will stay inside and begin to hunt for the items, taking care to keep an eye out for traps (Search 21).
In the House of the Drow (DM Cayzle) Wednesday November 17th, 2004 11:51:19 AM
While the rest of the party stand by the front door, ready to enter at a moment's notice, Renik blinks into the dwelling and looks around.
He finds himself in a small parlor. The walls are whitewashed, the floor is roughhewn planking, and beams set in plaster form the ceiling. The furnishings are also rough -- a few chairs, a low table, a bench along one wall. There is an archway to a hall. All seems clear, so Renik prowls around the place.
Looking around, he determines that there are four rooms off the hall, and that's the entire house. The parlor he has been in. From the hall he has looked into a bedroom with two beds, a bedroom with one bed, and a study. All the furnishings have been rough, looking of local make. However, in the study, a tapestry hangs on a wall. It is clearly a work of art of considerable value.
Is Renik searching every five feet as he goes for traps? That will be slow. He has not yet entered any room except the parlor and the hall.
No traps so far.
Oh! There is a narrow stair off the hall, going up to a landing, then turns out of sight. Renik hears voices up there. Since the building is just a single floor high, that must be the roof up there.
[OOC: I'm assuming that with the telepathy, Renik tells everyone (except Sarigar, of course) what he sees, and they can offer advice.]
Sarigar and Black Paws Wednesday November 17th, 2004 12:17:24 PM
Their work done and seeing the gates close, they make their way to another building, closer to the treeline, just in case they need to make a dash for it. They try to keep an eye on the gates though.
They do not hide in the building, unless it is obviously not occupied, but would choose instead to hide near water barrels, bales of hay, etc, that might be outside the building. They want as free an escape route as possible.
Tratain AC 24 HP 82 (Comprehend Language) d20+9=19 Wednesday November 17th, 2004 11:24:12 PM
When Renik communicates that there are people on the roof Tratain takes a few steps back to try and see who is up on top of the roof. (Spot 19)
Draax AC25, HP110 d20+5=13 Thursday November 18th, 2004 12:11:11 AM
Draax listens to the mental conversation between the group members. Like Tratain, Draax looks up when Renik mentions that someone might be on the roof to see what he can see (spot 13).
Rond (the flea) d20=3 Thursday November 18th, 2004 6:55:20 AM
Rond is happy to hear that there are no real problems, at least to start. Hearing the chatter going on, Rond lets the others look up to the room, and see if they see anything. Rond will look around on the ground, and take a look at the tracks in the area to see the story that they tell.
Setanos [HP:98 AC:19] (Ex Mage Armor) d20+8=20 Thursday November 18th, 2004 7:42:10 AM
Setanos continues to remain quiet and alert, listening for signs of movement on the roof.
OOC: Listen Check: 20
Extended Mage Armor (18 hours) Cast in Morning Invisiblity on Sarigar: (9 Mins) Cast as entering village.
Renik (AC 23, HP 75 (Invisible, Veil, in Telepathic communication with party) d20+11=13 d20+11=30 d20+10=29 Thursday November 18th, 2004 8:57:40 AM
The rogue continues to commentate on his surroundings as he widens his search. He begins with the study, creeping across the hall (Move Silent 13) whilst trying to make out what thye voices upstairs are saying (Listen 29). Once in the study he takes a good look around (Search 30). He`takes particular care looking for traps when opening drawers, looking for spaces behind the tapestry and so on.
How are things going out there? Is the camp settling down, or do they look to be on alert? thinks the rogue to his companions outside. Any sign of the Drow or that Mind Flayer?
Sarigar and Black Paws hide with success behind a few bales of hay. The slave-peasants and the two giants are battling the blaze. The giants are carrying huge barrels of water, one in each hand, from the rivulet to the barn. The giants on the wall of the fort seem alert.
Those who are looking to see if anyone is on the roof just do not have the right angle. But do make Listen checks:
If you make a check vs DC15, then Please Highlight to display spoiler: {You hear voices up above.}
Setanos, Please Highlight to display spoiler: {You hear three voices. Then one falls silent. Or maybe goes away?}
Rond sees that there has been a lot of traffic in and out of the house. But that's what you'd expect.
Entering the study, Renik sees there are papers and a large book on the desk in one corner. He finds a locked chest with a trap on it under the desk. A magical trap.
But then he is riveted by what he sees in the tapestry in the other corner of the room! The scene is of a court. There are suitors gazing at a princess. One of the suitors looks just like Rhiad Blackwing, the person the team is after!
And Renik is sure that the scene has changed since he first entered the room!
Sarigar (AC19) and Black Paws (AC17) (CV132) d20+15=34 d20+14=32 Thursday November 18th, 2004 12:53:23 PM
The brothers keep a close watch (Spot 34, Listen 32) on things from their vantage point.
Not that they can do much from out here, but perhaps another fire might help if it's needed. As such, Sarigar begin eyeing buildings that would be easy to get to and back from that he can start another fire in, just in case.
Feng; AC 23; HP 105 d20=5 Thursday November 18th, 2004 6:11:06 PM
Feng's gaze continually shifts watching for any sign that their presence has been detected. His heart pounds faster and faster as his mind races to the conclusion that giants will swarm them any second now.
Draax AC25, HP110 d20+5=18 Thursday November 18th, 2004 8:16:11 PM
Draax looks around and reports to Renik if he sees anything or gives the all clear at the moment. (spot 18)
Tratain AC 24 HP 82 (Comprehend Language) d20+9=11 Thursday November 18th, 2004 11:10:12 PM
Tratain sends to Renik "The camp seems to still be on alert, but they seem to be focused outside the walls right now not inside. I'm going to move a little bit further away so they can't hear me and cast my locate object spell and try and get a fix on the ring. If its not up on the roof with whoever is up there it may be best to take the tapestry and chest and go. We can try and open them elsewhere."
Tratain backs away from the building far enoug away from the other buildings and the walls so that it would be very difficult for anyone to hear him casting his spell, and casts locate object looking for the communications ring the party was sent for.
Arien (AC: 21, Extended Mage Armor) HP:48 d20+7=25 Friday November 19th, 2004 4:27:22 AM
Arien hears the voices from up above and sends that fact to the rest of the group but stays where he is until Renik gives the signal.
Setanos [HP:98 AC:19] (Ex Mage Armor) d20+8=9 Friday November 19th, 2004 8:10:42 AM
Setanos sends there's three voices up on tha roof, one's got quiet, they migha heard us.
To Tratain he sends dinna go too far or ya wont be a flea
He then continues to listen.
OOC: Listen Check: 9 (Nope, nothing to hear, move along :) )
Extended Mage Armor (18 hours) Cast in Morning Invisiblity on Sarigar: (9 Mins) Cast as entering village.
A Voice by The Tapestry (DM Cayzle) Friday November 19th, 2004 1:13:21 PM
Although he does not see anything, Renik hears a spell being cast, over by the Tapestry. But nothing happens as a result -- no save needed, no fireball, no finger of death, nothing. But then the voice continues in common.
The voice seems to come from the ceiling. "Hello, stranger! What brings you to my study?"
Outside, Tratain's Locate Object spell fails. No such ring in range. All else seems tense but quiet. The giants are focussed on the fire outside. The voices above continue.
Rond d20+11=16 Sunday November 21st, 2004 1:17:16 AM
Having not located very much outside the cabin, Rond waits. As he waits he listens to the others as they communicate with Renik. Hearing the comments and realizing it at the same time. Rond commetns, confirmed, I hear them.
Renik (AC 23, HP 75 (Invisible, Veil, in Telepathic communication with party) d20+19=36 Sunday November 21st, 2004 5:47:07 AM Oh dear, I think we've been rumbled thinks the rogue to his companions. Stand ready, this may turn nasty any second.
The rogue weighs up his options. The voice could be one of the Drow on the roof. Or it could be another, invisible presence. It could even be the tapestry itself. You never know with powerful magical items.
The fact remains he has been spotted. Or has he? Perhaps the source of the voice heard his clumsy attempts at silent movement, and is now trying to pinpoint him from the sound of his voice.
And yet the voice has not raised the alarm, or challenged him. In fact it seemed rather polite... perhaps it would be best to play along. In a soft voice, so as not to alert the Drow on the roof, the rogue says
"So this is your study? Very fine. Love what you've done with the place. I hope you'll forgive the intrusion, but I had some questions for you. Would you be willing to talk?"
To his companions outside he explains events and says Can you still hear three voices on the roof?.
The rogue then creeps a few feet away from his current position (Move Silent 36: apologies, got my last MS mod wrong. Should have been a total of 21, but too late now).
He eyes the chest, wondering if it is small enough for him to carry with him if he needs to blink back out through a wall.
Tratain AC 24 HP 82 (Comprehend Language) Sunday November 21st, 2004 11:16:06 PM
Tratain sends to the others "I couldn't locate the ring with my spell, its either not here or protected against detection"
Tratain moves back to the door and prepares for a fight if one should break out.
He sends "If things turn ugly Renik, try and grab that chest and tapestry, of the two the tapestry is probably more important."
Draax AC25, HP110 d20+5=21 Monday November 22nd, 2004 2:27:56 AM
Draax continues to stay on his guard while he listens to the others. He scans the area looking for any who might come near the party (spot 21).
Setanos [HP:98 AC:19] (Ex Mage Armor) d20+8=9 Monday November 22nd, 2004 7:58:30 AM
Setanos strains his ears to listen, but doesnt hear much above the din of activity from the giants.
He sends canna hear much above all the noise now. If things go south, I'll throw some fireballs ta distract em while we get out. You can sense much happier tone in Setanos's mental voice as he says the second statement.
He leaves the decision of what to grab up to the more rogueish, and watches for signs of being spotted by the giants.
OOC: Listen Check: Fahgettaboutit.
Extended Mage Armor (18 hours) Cast in Morning Invisiblity on Sarigar: (9 Mins) Cast as entering village.
Sarigar (AC19) and Black Paws (AC17) (CV132) Monday November 22nd, 2004 12:01:49 PM
The brothers wait as patiently as if waiting for their prey to drop its guard so they can pounce.
Trading Questions (DM Cayzle) Monday November 22nd, 2004 12:07:19 PM
[OOC: I'm assuming that Renik is communicating his conversation with the voice to all those telepathically linked with him. So those PCs (All but Sarigar, sorry) can feel free to suggest questions and answers.]
The voice suggests a bargain. "You have questions. I have questions. I suggest that we trade ... answer for answer, like civilized people. As host, I will answer two of your questions first, and then pose one of ... my own. Agreed?"
"My answers: Yes, this is my study. And yes, I am willing to talk."
"Now let me ask my question. What is the race or races of you and your friends?"
Renik judges the chest as too big to fit under a cloak -- so it would be visible even if picked up. As to its weight -- depends on what's in it. If it is filled with gold, it'll be very heavy indeed."
Outside the front door, the rest of the group in insect form waits and thinks encouraging thoughts.
Draax AC25, HP110 Monday November 22nd, 2004 1:12:58 PM
When Renik relays the question to the group Draax first thought is to tell Renik to lie to the voice, but then he thinks about the question that is asked. The voice knows that the rogue is not alone and has friends; it might know a lot more. Draax remembers a lesson that his father taught him when he was young. When possible, you always start an exchange of information with a question that you already know the answer to so you can see if they are being honest with you.
Draax sends "It might be guessing, but the fact that it knows you have friends could mean that the question is a test to see if you will answer truthfully. I vote you tell it the truth and we being ready deal with the consequences if that was the wrong decision."
Sarigar (AC19) and Black Paws (AC17) (CV132) Monday November 22nd, 2004 2:14:54 PM
The brothers continue waiting. Muscles tense and buterflies of nervousness flutter in their stomach. It hasn't been long, but it's been long enough to make them worry a bit.
/ooc That's why I've added nothing to their "conversation" =)
Feng; AC 23; HP 105 Monday November 22nd, 2004 3:58:52 PM
"I agree with Draax. The fact that there are three people on a rooftop above us just proves that they are onto us. How much they know remains to be seen." Feng sends.
Tratain AC 24 HP 82 (Comprehend Language) Monday November 22nd, 2004 10:40:08 PM
Tratain says "I'd answer truthfully for now. He may or may not mean us harm. Whoever it is could have just alerted the giants and we could be fighting right now but perhapse we may not have to fight at all. Lets play along for now and see how it goes."
Renik (AC 23, HP 75 (Invisible, Veil, in Telepathic communication with party) d20+3=14 d20+14=18 d20+14=24 Tuesday November 23rd, 2004 7:01:07 AM I'm inclined to agree. Let us throw the dice and see what comes up. Can you still hear voices on the roof? How many?
Renik listens for any sign of duplicity or hostility in the voice (Sense Motive 14).
Out loud the rogue says "I'm always happy to trade. You seem a reasonable fellow, so why not. We are of various races; human, half orc, half elf, elf. A curious question, if you don't mind me saying. I apologize, I have no idea to whom I'm speaking. Could you tell me a little about yourself? And your reason for being here in the camp?"
He continues to relay all developments to his companions. As he speaks he studies the tapestry closely, and keeps an eye and ear out for any signs of invisible presence (Spot 18, Listen 24).
Trading Questions II (DM Cayzle) Tuesday November 23rd, 2004 11:11:24 AM
Those standing outside the house listening might want to make a Listen check at DC15. If you make it, Please Highlight to display spoiler: {You hear two voices on the roof.}
Note that Comprehend Lang requires a touch, so that does not apply.
Inside the study, the voice answers, and Renik gets the feeling that the speaker is smiling. [OOC: It will take a little more time to use Sense Motive -- roll again at the end of the conversation, if you like.]
"Excellent! Excellent! I am looking for humans and their kin!"
"You have asked two questions, though, and being flexible, I will answer both. Then I will ask two."
"The answer to your first question. I am a wizard, of elf-kin, far from my native lands. You may call me Caunas Methar."
"The answer to your second question. I am here entertaining the giants and their guests. My services to do so are not inexpensive, so there is some profit for me here. Not as much as I believe possible, though. A mere pittance, comparatively speaking."
"Now let me ask two questions. First, have you heard the fabrications known to humans as "Fairy Tales"? Are you or your friends familiar with their tropes, conventions, and practices?"
"Second question. Why did you come to my study, and how did you know to come here?"
Renik notes that the figures in the Tapestry have moved slightly.
Sarigar (AC19) and Black Paws (AC17) (CV132) d20+15=17 d20+14=22 Tuesday November 23rd, 2004 11:24:28 AM
Still watching for signs that the others have been detected (Spot 17, Listen 22), the brother continue to wait.
Tratain AC 24 HP 82 (Comprehend Language) Tuesday November 23rd, 2004 10:50:15 PM
Tratain Thinks to the others "Fairy Tales? Like childrens stories? Thats sort of and odd question. Try and find out about the man we are looking for. I wouldn't mention the ring right away or at all depending on how htings go."
Feng; AC 23; HP 105 Wednesday November 24th, 2004 1:20:29 AM
"Well we can put him down as a dark elf but what's his game? I fear this is something far bigger than our missing items and problems with giants." Feng sends to the others.
Draax AC25, HP110 Wednesday November 24th, 2004 2:46:12 AM
Draax has no idea what the voice is talking about, but he does get the feeling that their mysterious host is going to ask the group for a favor of some type. He sends, "I agree. I have an uneasy feeling that his questioning is steering us towards a favor. Lets see if we could get the information we need before he lets us know where his questioning is leading."
Renik (AC 23, HP 75 (Invisible, Veil, in Telepathic communication with party) d20+19=35 d20+21=33 d20+14=34 Wednesday November 24th, 2004 5:36:24 AM
The rogue mentally nods to his companions, and continues the discussion, relaying his thoughts to his companions as he goes.
"Two questions it is" replies the rogue, smiling back. "Though if I'm not mistaken you just asked me four! Let me answer them as best as I am able.
Indeed I am familiar with fairy tales. I cannot answer for my companions, but as a child I was positively inundated with them by my father once my mother passed away. He was a bit of a story teller, my father, and I suppose I am also, in my turn. Now I couldn't claim to be a scholar of the genre, but I certainly know a good number of tales. The Golden Slipper? The Toad King? Jack-in-the-Green? Or the tale Tiny Leaf, told by Treants and Dryads to their young in their secret groves? These I know and many more. A fascinating subject to be interested in, sir. Though often dismissed as mere distractions for children I believe there to be a great deal of power in the old tales. They have much to tell us about ourselves, if one cares to look. Not many realise that it is an ancient wisdom that is passed down to us at our mother's knee, that we learn vital and eternal truths about ourselves from the most innocuous of children's tales. My father told me that those same tales, in countless forms and variants, have been told down the millenia across races and continents. Certainly Tiny Leaf bears more than a passing resemblance to the human Tale of Tomas Little. If this is true it would seem there there is a more common bond between the cognicent races of the Wold than is commonly believed. Such replication cannot be merely down to chance, I would venture. A truly fascinating field, sir, and one that bears much discussion.
And so to your third and fourth questions. But, having answered your first two so fully, perhaps you would be willing to let me ask my two next, and save yours for the next turn.
Here are my questions to you, Caunas Methar;
Firstly; you spoke of the possibility of great profit here. What exactly did you mean by that?
Secondly; This is a most unusual camp. Giants, drow, mind flayers, lizard people and more. Not a common combination. Why are you all assembled here?
I believe we'll come to asking after our items with the next set of questions thinks the rogue to his companions. Until then I want to get as much information out of this fellow as possible.
Once he has spoken to the wizard Renik creeps quietly towards an external wall, ready to blink himself outside should things turn nasty (Move Silent 35, Hide 33). As he does so he continues to look for any sign of the stolen coin, journal or gems (Spot 34, nat 20).
Rond d20+11=24 Wednesday November 24th, 2004 7:31:21 AM
Rond listens in on the mental conversation and notes that Renik appears to be handling things well.
Listen=24
Currently there are only two voices on the rooftop. It's hard for me to say what the third voice is going
Setanos [HP:98 AC:19] (Ex Mage Armor) d20+8=22 Wednesday November 24th, 2004 7:49:38 AM
Setanos continues to listen. He starts to say something in the mind voice, then stops suddenly, a dark look crossing his face.
mind flayers read minds...assume we've been overheard.
He then stops looking for signs of being spotted, and starts looking for signs that the group is being willfully ignored.
Arien (AC: 21, Extended Mage Armor, Fly) HP:48 d20+7=25 Wednesday November 24th, 2004 1:16:45 PM
Arien notes the voices on the roof wonders where the third might have gone. Arien backs off a distance to make himself harder to hear and casts Fly upon himself.
Paranoia and Still More Questions (DM Cayzle) d20+3=18 d20+3=19 [secret DM rolls] Wednesday November 24th, 2004 3:12:37 PM
[OOC: Friends, I'll be taking a break tomorrow, on the American holiday of Thanksgiving. I'll post bright and early on Friday.]
Setanos has a fearful thought, and Arien, catching the drift of his mental musings, gets worried too, and casts a Fly spell, as quiet as he can.
[Note: Per the Veil spell, I assume that all PCs outside the house are within 30 feet of each other. Renik, inside and more than 30 feet away, is not Veiled any more -- I should have mentioned that earlier. But he is invisible, anyway.]
One of the voices on the roof speaks sharply, and then both are suddenly silent.
Meanwhile, the person calling himself "Caunas Methar" responds to Renik.
"Well, I would like to know your name ... stranger. But I shall not waste a precious question asking it. And a stranger who knows the silly tales that humans tell their young ... lings. How very ... wonderful!"
"The answer to your question is tied ... to the answer to mine. In short -- yon Tapestry you see here is a potent ... magical item. The secrets of its creation are lost ... in time. It has the unusual ... property of being a window into an ... ongoing fairy tale, the kind that humans love."
"What is more ... living creatures can enter the Tapestry, joining the tale in progress. And they can ... emerge ... even carrying out the treasures they gain in the story!"
"You seem ... clever, oh stranger. So perhaps you see the ... potential for drawing forth the fabulous wealth of what humans call ... fairy tales!"
The voice becomes louder, as if the speaker were getting carried away, or perhaps simply overcome with his scheme.
"Castles made of ... emerald! Rings of wishes! A spinning wheel ... that spins gold! Swords that slay dragons and giants! A goose ... that lays gold eggs! Any of these could be drawn from the Tapestry! Think ... Of ... It!"
"Here is my question to you ... friend of humans ... sage of fairy tales! Would you like to aid me in this quest, to draw forth the ... imaginary riches of fable ... to share the treasure of fairy tales?"
Draax AC25, HP110 Thursday November 25th, 2004 1:23:01 PM
As the voices comments are relayed to him Draax's greed almost makes him suggest they take the offer. When the moment is over he remembers that they came here on a mission and that mission has not yet been completed. The tapestry does give them an idea of what happened to Rhiad, but unless the items are in the tapestry Draax sees no reason to go into it at this time.
He send, "Rhiad is probably in the tapestry if what the voice says is true, but unless the items we came here for are also in the tapestry we cannot aid him at this time. I am curious about the tapestry, but there are too many unanswered questions about it. The one that is foremost in my mind is, if we have to go in to get the bard how will we get out? I also noticed that he did not answer the second question."
Tratain Thursday November 25th, 2004 9:44:25 PM
Tratain sends to the group "I didn't pick up the ring when I cast my spell looking for it, It may be inside the tapestry. Ask him how we get out, if we are going to go in looking for Rhiad we will need a way to get him and ourselves out."
Rond Friday November 26th, 2004 3:52:11 AM
Thinking to the group Rond adds, "Maybe you should find out about how time moves out here while you are in the tapestry. Because we don't want our fire getting out of control very much, before we can leave."
Rond hopes that the subtle hint does the job, should anyone be listening in on their telepathic conversation.
Second Question Answered (DM Cayzle) Friday November 26th, 2004 7:34:32 AM
The voice pauses for thought, then adds, "Oh, and your second question. The different peoples in the camp."
"Well, you humans may be known for your willingness to socialize with all races, but that does not give you a monopoly on cosmopolitania. The people of the Scab are often happy to visit with each other, except when fighting each other. And, although I try to be modest, I must admit that most of these visitors have heard of the Tapestry and are willing to pay good money to see it. And even better money to enter -- and try to win a prize!"
"And the Chief of the giants here has a fondness for gambling. He enjoys wagers on the outcome of the Tapestry stories, and that gives me yet another opportunity."
"And my questions: Would you help me in securing the wealth of the Tapestry? And if you did not come here for the Tapestry, then why are you here?"
Renik Friday November 26th, 2004 8:57:24 AM
(OOC: Ack! Sorry guys! I should have posted yesterday, when I had the time!)
Renik pauses for a moment, stroking his invisible goattee. "This is intriguing news indeed, sir. A Tapestry that links directly into the world of imagination and myth. I can see how it might be used to retrieve the most astonishing of treasures.
You would like me to asist you in gaining some of these treasures? Well now, that would depend on a number of things. For example the nature of the help you require, the nature of the items you wish to locate, the way in which time moves for those inside the Tapestry compared to those outside. It would also depend upon the fate of those who have tried already. If it where a simple case of hopping in, grabbing the goods and hopping out I'm sure you would not require help in retrieving them. And the fact that the giant chief enjoys a wager on the outcome... all that sounds like danger to me. Unhealthy danger. And that's not even considering the potential danger a treasure-laden and victorious hero might encounter upon leaving the Tapestry, if you take my meaning, sir.
As for your second question, it may well be linked to my first answer. I come here seeking a man with whom you may be familiar. His name is Rhiad Blackwing, a weasely sort of a fellow, with what looks like a small slug perched upon his upper lip. This fellow has (or had) in his possession some items of mine which he forgot to return, and I would very much like to discuss the matter with him. I'm sure he'll prove cooperative.
There is only one minor problem. A while back Rhiad's trail was lost. Instead we found yours, and followed it here, believing you to have taken receipt of the items. Now I am not so sure. It strikes me that Rhiad may well have been with you on that journey after all, for not too long ago I had the strangest feeling that my good friend Rhiad stared out at me from that Tapestry!
So my questions to you sir; what can you tell me of the nature and dangers of the Tapestry, and what can you tell me of the man I seek?"
Well, we're in a tight spot here, friends thinks the rogue. I suspect we are going to have to go into the Tapestry if we want our items back, but that still leaves us the problem of getting out of here in one piece once we get back out. Ah well, let's see what Wardd wills.
(OOC: Joe, do you mean the coin when you said ring? As far as i can tell we're looking for a communication coin, a code journal and a bag of gems. Am I right in thinking that was all Rhiad stole, or am I missing something?)
Rond Sunday November 28th, 2004 3:05:17 PM
Thinking to the others, " We'll do what's needed, of course. Does anyone know whether there's a way to detect if this thing/person is evil?"
Like Renik, Rond starts to get nervous the longer this interview takes.
Feng Monday November 29th, 2004 1:10:47 AM
"Give me a moment and I shall tell you what evil lies around us. Hopefully I am close enough to this person to tell." Feng sends to the others. He now concentrates on feeling the evil around them.
ooc: detect evil ability
Setanos Monday November 29th, 2004 7:51:49 AM
Setanos remains quiet and still, trying to think of nothing.
News of Rhiad Blackwing, at last! (DM Cayzle) Monday November 29th, 2004 11:52:55 AM
Feng detects evil up on the roof and within.
==========
It is hard to tell that an invisible person has shrugged, but Renik has the odd intuition that Caunas Methar does exactly that, and then speaks: "The man you seek has indeed entered the Tapestry, as you now suspect. I allowed him to do so, and he paid well for the opportunity. But he had no interest in anything but his princess! He has made no effort to leave, and he does nothing to advance my agenda. On the other hand, I cannot force him to exit the Tapestry, either. He paid me in cash, but took his other possessions with him into the Tapestry."
"As to the dangers, there are few to none within. But all who enter become human, and they are forced to play a role in the unfolding story. So long as you fit the style of the story, you may act freely; but if you try to disrupt the story, the Tapestry will control your speech and actions. A human who understands how these stories work will have an advantage. I have the secret power to influence the story, but not to control it. You may leave the Tapestry when it suits the story for you to go, or if you die, and you may bring out anything that fits the story for you to escape alive with."
"But I think the time for questions has ended. You seek this human. I will allow you to enter the Tapestry and act therein as you desire, perhaps bringing him out, or acquiring his items. You will need to pay me 5,000 gold pieces for the right to enter, or magic items worth that much. If you bring 5,000 gold pieces out of the Tapestry, you can buy back your items, if you like. I will also have your vow that after you return, you will tell me how you obtained your wealth and allow me an hour to ask you any questions I like. If you are successful, perhaps we can be partners in extracting wealth from the Tapestry."
"If you agree, then present yourself at the gate to the fort and offer my name as a pass word. Then you can join the visitors here and enter the Tapestry."
Sarigar (AC19) and Black Paws (AC17) (CV132) d20+15=35 d20+14=22 Monday November 29th, 2004 12:02:56 PM
The brothers continue their watch (Listen 35 - Nat 20, Spot 22) to be sure if the pack or for that matter, they have been detected.
ooc: Sorry for the no posts, I was at my sisters as of Wednesday and had no computer access.
Feng Monday November 29th, 2004 7:06:28 PM
"Renik I would not trust him. I detect the presence of evil upon the roof and within that room. Either he or the tapestry is evil. I would not believe what he is saying. For all we know the Tapestry feeds off of people and there is no way out." Fend sends to the others.
Draax AC25, HP110 Monday November 29th, 2004 11:39:20 PM
"I agree with Feng, this sounds like a con job to me too, but what choice do we have? We either go into the tapestry, find another way to get to the bard and the items or forget them and go back empty handed. Going back without the items will mean that Gaxx died for nothing. My danger sense is telling me no, but my conscience is telling me that we must. So...I vote do it. If we do decide to do this will we need to contact Sarigar and Black Paws."
Arien (AC: 21, Extended Mage Armor, Fly) HP:48 Tuesday November 30th, 2004 3:22:24 AM
Arien flys up to get a better view of anyone on the roof and relays what he sees to the others.
Renik Tuesday November 30th, 2004 6:11:26 AM
"An intriguing offer." murmurs the rogue. "I thank you for your candour, Caunas. You will hear from me shortly."
The rogue blinks back out of the building and thinks to his companions Let's get out of camp and locate Sarigar. We need to discuss this. I think we are all agreed that our Drow host is up to no good, but Draax has hit the nail squarely on the head. This is something I think we have to do.
With that the rogue heads back out of the camp, ensuring he doesn't get out of telepathic range of the others.
Rond Tuesday November 30th, 2004 7:30:08 AM I just wish there was a way to confirm the properties of the Tapestry. He didn't really explain how time passed
Setanos Tuesday November 30th, 2004 7:56:59 AM
Setanos heads out of camp with the others.
Once a good way out of the camp, he speaks. "I dinna like this. We've no proof that tha tapestries what he says it is. I say we grab it, take it back ta Plateau city, an let tha mages take a look at it."
Back to Camp (DM Cayzle) Tuesday November 30th, 2004 9:30:23 AM
Caunas Methar answers, "Candor! Well, I find that honesty works best in business dealings. I hope to see you soon at the giant's gate. Remember to give my name: Caunas Methar!"
Arien flies up (but still within 30 feet of the group to preserve the flea-guise) and sees two drow on the roof. They are dressed in robes and have wands ready in hand.
The group carefully leaves the fort in order to get back to camp. Sarigar, with his extraordinarily keen senses, figures out what is going on, and returns as well.
Now you are all back at the camp where you started, Maybe ten minutes have gone by -- but an eventful ten minutes!
By the way, it is clear that the giants will have the fire under control soon.
Sarigar (AC19) and Black Paws (AC17) (CV132) d20+30=42 d20+25=34 Tuesday November 30th, 2004 11:40:14 AM
The brothers return to the camp about the same time as the others, prowling the whole way, just to be safe (Hide 42, Move Silently 34).
Once in the camp, they listen to what the other have to say. Occasionally, something will gather their attention, but they try to stay focused. In unison, they scratch a spot behind each of their ears as if they both had the exact same itch.
"So, we go in this tap-as-tree? What's that?"
When it's explained that it's a wall decoration, Sarigar looks completely confused, both by why someone wants to decorate a wall and how they are going to go into a piece of cloth. Very quickly a pained look comes over Sarigar's face (followed by a similar look on Black Paws) as if he's getting a rather large headache.
"So, we roll up in this tap-as-tree and we're somewhere else? And our prey is rolled up in it already? Hmmm, guess we gotta roll up in it too then."
The pained looks subsides somewhat, but the look of confusion about a wall decoration still remains. Crazy humans, decorating the walls of their den. He thinks to himself. Black Paws gives out what almost sounds like a chuckle.
Renik Tuesday November 30th, 2004 2:47:29 PM
"I'd like to do this on our own terms too, Setanos. But I don't think we can take the chance. Firstly how would we get the Tapestry? I think it likely that it is protected by potent magics. Not to mention that they know of us now, and would be ready for any assault. Then we would have to manage to effect an escape, and then we'd need to activate the magic of the item. The Drow clearly knows how to tap its magic, whilst we do not. I think we're just going to have to take our medecine.
What say the rest of you? Do we go for this or not?"
Feng Tuesday November 30th, 2004 9:06:31 PM
"It's a very tough choice. I think it is certain that the Tapestry is a trap. He mentioned there was a way out but he didn't say how easy it was nor how long it would take. He says that our target will not come out on his own but we may very well learn that he simply can't. The best thing to do would be to take the tapestry with us. The fact that he knew we were sneaking in and he invited us in raises alarms. Though we may have to go in and risk it."
Draax AC25, HP110 Wednesday December 1st, 2004 12:35:59 AM
Draax listens to everyone and then adds his comments.
"I am guessing the princess in the tapestry resembles Blackwing's lost love. If the bard is as fanatical about his love as we were told would explain a lot about his behavior especially if he was aware of the tapestry before he went renegade.
"I still think we have to go in. I think he mentioned the chief of giants to let us know that they have the backing of the giants. If what he says is true we will at least be able to work in the first door. I do not think walking out will be as easy, but we can deal with that if we come to it. We might have to kill the bard to bring him out and if what our host said is true we will have to do it in line with the story.
"Although I feel as uncomfortable about this as everyone else, I vote we give the tapestry a try."
Discussion (DM Cayzle) Wednesday December 1st, 2004 9:30:13 AM
The group continues its quiet talk over what to do next.
[OOC: Friends, those who do not post run the real risk of being swept along by events. Please do post daily, especially when a decision is being made! -- Cayzle.]
Renik Wednesday December 1st, 2004 12:39:13 PM
"That seems to be a consensus then" says the rogue. "Though we are almost certainly getting set up, we'll just have to see this one through. Let's approach the main gate openly this time."
Assuming no major disagreements he heads towards the main gates with the party with purposeful stride. Should anyone challenge them he will bark out "We are here at the request of Caunas Methar!"
Sarigar (AC19) and Black Paws (AC17) (CV132) Wednesday December 1st, 2004 2:30:00 PM
The brothers, still confused about what they're really doing, move along with the pack. Going into this tapestry makes no sense. To them, it sounded like a blanket and you can't go into a blanket, you cover yourself with it or wrap up in it. They keep mulling images of the entire pack trying to wrap up in some huge blanket, looking rather foolish.
"If our prey is just rolled up in this tap-as-tree, why don't we just yank it off him? Is he stuck to it or somethin'? They continue on, trying to wrap their minds around this whole concept and not getting very far.
Feng Wednesday December 1st, 2004 7:23:33 PM
"Sarigar I wish it were that simple and it may be. The tapestry is magical and is probably magicly protected against theft. The tapestry acts as a door to another world where our prey currently is hiding. We don't know how it works so going in is the only choice we have."
Draax AC25, HP110 Wednesday December 1st, 2004 9:37:32 PM
If there are no disagreements Draax will head towards the gate with the others.
Tratain Wednesday December 1st, 2004 10:50:42 PM
Tratain follows along with the others to the gate. He says "I agree with Renik, its probably a set up but we have no other choice. He hasn't done anything to attack us yet while he could have certainly attacked Renik while he was inside or alerted the guards and had them attack us but he didn't. This probably is our best chance to get what we are after and get a feel for how things really stand here."
Rond Wednesday December 1st, 2004 11:23:24 PM
"He did say that Riad paid in gold, right? Not using the gold coin? Because I'm hoping that this person doesn't have the equipment already, like Riad paid with it.
Other than that, I'm not sure we're going to have much choice. At least by being in the Tapestry we know we have him cornered, sort of. It's too bad there isn't a way to know if he exited the tapestry."
The Front Gate (DM Cayzle) Thursday December 2nd, 2004 11:19:39 AM
After talking and waiting a little while, the party walks up toward the fortress openly.
When the group is in shouting distance (50 feet), the giants at the wall toss a few stones very wide of the mark in the parties general direction (falling 20 feet to the left and right of the road). A huge giant voice booms out, "Who are you? What do you want?"
Renik answers back loudly, "We are here at the request of Caunas Methar!"
The giant says, "Fine! Come on in, then!"
The gate opens and the party walks in. There are twelve giants there waiting, and one of them -- an older looking one -- is wearing a simple brass crown. One of the giants next to him -- one with a cunning eye -- declares "Bow before King Gorin Stonecrusher of the Flamecrowns, Lord of Bone Castle!"
Sarigar (AC19) and Black Paws (AC17) (CV132) Thursday December 2nd, 2004 12:01:43 PM
When Feng explains that the tapestry is actually a door, the pained look comes back over Sarigar and Black Paws faces again. As if he wasn't confused enough, now humans use blankets to keep walls warm AND as doors. Yep, humans are nuts, no doubt about it in their minds now.
At the fort, the brothers are noticably on edge, not from fear, but from holding themselves back. They've been hunted by giants and similar large humanoids enough in the Red Hills enough to want to attack these here. Every sense they have is on full, expecting ambush.
When the "order" is given to bow, Sarigar turns his head in the direction of the Giant making the order, head dipped slightly, looking icily up from under his furled brow. It's obvious that he has no intention to bow, let alone to someone from a race that has hunted his kin in the past.
Draax AC25, HP110 Thursday December 2nd, 2004 6:19:50 PM
Draax is caught off guard when asked to bow, but after taking a second to think about it he berates himself for not thinking it through before hand. Every ruler wants those that enter their kingdom asking favors to show the proper respect. It is obvious that giant considers the land to be his kingdom and the fort his castle. Draax tries to keep a neutral expression on his face and hopes the giants cannot see him grinding his teeth as he turns to the giant king and gives him the same bow that his would bestow upon any other ruler.
Feng (Ac 23; HP 105) Thursday December 2nd, 2004 8:49:15 PM
Now more than ever Feng thinks this must be the wrong path for them. Now they are surrounded by giants and being pushed on purpose. No doubt the dark elf that Renik met told the giants what he learned after they snuck out. Feng doesn't believe that this giant deserves respect, more like death, but he still bows slightly.
Rond Thursday December 2nd, 2004 11:06:52 PM
Having taken his lessons from the time he's spent as a spy, Rond bows with no real effort on his part. It is just a role they must play, in order to get to the information that they need.
Renik Friday December 3rd, 2004 3:20:45 AM
The rogue bows extravagantly and calls out "Hail, great king! Nice place you have here! We come to see Caunas Methar at his request. Do you grant us safe passage?"
Arien Friday December 3rd, 2004 3:22:51 AM
Arien grimaces but bows when told. There would be plenty of time to pay these giants back.
Setanos Friday December 3rd, 2004 7:53:44 AM
Setanos nods his head far enough down that it would likely be taken for a bow, and remains quiet. His teeth are clenched, but it is better that he does not speak at this time.
Tratain Friday December 3rd, 2004 10:54:32 AM
Tratain Bows to the king and waits for Renik to explain why the group is here.
King Stonecrusher (DM Cayzle) Friday December 3rd, 2004 12:35:38 PM
The "king" of Bone "Castle" laughs in a more or less friendly way. "Ha ha! Feisty and respectful! That's what I like in munchkins! Ho ho!"
"Well, you heard about the wizard, eh! That's just fine! There's an entry tax of 100 gold per person, which gets you a house and a seat at the feasting table. After the feast, the wizard will bring out the Tapestry!"
"We'll have a tale of adventure, and the joy of wagering! Well worth it!"
If the group pays the admission cost, a peasant gnoll shows the group to to a small human-proportioned house about 50 feet from the wizard's house. There are four rooms, rudely furnished, with mats over a earthen floor. The gnoll says in poor common that the feast will begin when the bell rings, in about four hours.
Do you pay the fee? Actions before the feast?
Draax AC25, HP110 Friday December 3rd, 2004 4:09:37 PM
Draax grimaces at the announcement of an extra fee, but smiles when he remembers that the money they are using comes from the treasure they got from the giants, so they are actually giving the giants back their own money.
Draax smiles at the king and hands over the 800 gold for the party.
When they are delivered to the house Draax finds a spot to sit and relaxes while they wait. He says to the group, "I wonder when the games actually begin or did it begin as soon as we got into the keep. I know if I was the owner of the tapestry I would probably be watching us right now." He smiles to the air just in case his assessment is correct.
Rond Friday December 3rd, 2004 4:30:59 PM
Now that the group has unhurried access to the inside of the fort. Rond will do his best to do some further scouting around in the fort. Rond will look around and try to note anything of real interest.
Rond is also concerned about whether the party is walking into a trap. While others may talk and pay attention to the Giants. Rond is trying to see if there is anything 'odd' about the whole situation.
(ooc roll any rolls necessary, or not necessary! ;) )
==========
[OOC: If you want to talk to someone, feel free to make a Diplomacy or Bluff check. If you want to scout around, make Search and Spot checks. Use your discretion. -- Cayzle]
Rond d20+7=11 d20+1=13 Sunday December 5th, 2004 10:47:50 PM
Spot 11 search 13
Ferrak (Hope this is o.k.) Monday December 6th, 2004 6:59:09 AM
Waking from a dream the gnarly gnome scratches his hairy head.
Near him a cow jumps over a moon. Ferrak rubs his eyes. "Where is Darkfang?" The feral gnome sees a shadow moving off in the distance. Ferrak's nostrils flare as his mind tries to comprehend what has happened to him.
As the King addresses the party, off in another corner of the tapestry Ferrak stomps around looking for his brother.
He sees a wolf talking to a black bird up in a tree. The bird seems to be up to something grim. Is it Darkfang...? Ferrak finds himself surrounded by a mist...
Time passes.
Renik d20+5=17 Monday December 6th, 2004 7:20:39 AM
Maintaining a cheerful, rakish grin the rogue saunters through the Giant compound like he owns the place. He nods in greeting to any he encounters, smiling and chatting until he gets inside their lodgings. Once there his happy facade fades at Draax's words.
"Fair point my friend. I suggest we all find out as much about what lies in store for us as we can before we go in. Let's get chatting to people and see what we can learn."
Then, once he has washed and shaved, the rogue heads back out into the compound and attempts to strike up conversation with likely-looking sources of information (Gather Info 17, attempting to get as much detail as possible on the way the tapestry works, the history of previous entrants and the outcome of the various wagers placed.)
(OOC: Yay! Ferrak and Darkfang are back! Welcome home!)
Setanos [HP:98 AC:19] (Ex Mage Armor) d20+8=14 Monday December 6th, 2004 9:27:32 AM
Setanos tries to avoid thinking about anything related to their mission while on the grounds of the giant fort. He fills his mind with memories of heroic tales, good feasts and the like, lest the mindflayers be peaking.
He tries to keep his eyes out for anything odd, but mostly just remains silent, and stays with the majority of the party.
OOC: Spot : 14
Feng (Ac 23, HP 105) Monday December 6th, 2004 10:06:53 AM
Feng isn't a diplomat nor was he blessed with a silver tongue. He can't stop thinking that this is a really bad idea. There was no easy way to do what they had to do but at least when Giants are trying to squash you you know where you stand.
Tratain Monday December 6th, 2004 10:51:23 AM
Tratain Looks around the fort trying to judge the situation of the slaves outside.
Sarigar (AC19) and Black Paws (AC17) (CV132) d20+15=33 d20+14=27 Monday December 6th, 2004 12:50:56 PM
Knowing that should he move around the fort too much, he may not be able to control himself, Sarigar stays near the house the party was brought to and just watches. Like a hunter, he watches for predictability in movements, noticiable weaknesses in his prey, etc. (Spot 33, Listen 27 / 35 and 29 for Monstrous Humanoids)
If he spots any of the Dark Elves, he watches them intently. Mostly he tries to determine if these are the dark elves that killed his pack. Otherwise, he just keeps a close watch on them (without moving more than about 20 feet from the party's house) since they seem to be the prey the pack is presently after.
The Lay of the Land (DM Cayzle) d20=15 d100=13 d20=12 [Mysterious DM rolls] Monday December 6th, 2004 1:32:29 PM
Drax hands over the 800 gp fee, and the king claps him on the back with a grin. "If you've got more than than, my fine fellow, there will be opportunities a-plenty for you to lose it in fun wagering! See you tonight! Meantime, make yourself homely!"
The rest of the giants laugh loudly over this "witticism."
Once in the house provided, Drax looks around suspiciously. However, he detects no magic sensor or srying token.
Setanos and Rond venture out and about, trying to tell if there is a trap underfoot. But no one seems to be guarding them. No one stops them from touring the grounds or even leaving entirely.
There is no question that the party is in a tight spot -- at any time the giants could swat the party like bugs, and it would be real hard to escape without a death or three. But is it possible that giants, evil though they must be, are on the up and up? Could it be that entertaining and wagering are more lucrative than mugging, considering that good entertainment draws more customers, while good muggings tend to discourage repeat trade?
Of course, if that's the case, the giants might not take kindly to anyone who stole the show, so to speak!
Tratain also wanders about, specificly trying to determine the status of the peasant slaves. Well, they are certainly treated brutally -- they work hard and, Tratain guesses, die young. But they are not tortured or treated so badly that they might rebel. There is plenty of feed at least, although the accomodations are barn-like at best. All slaves -- human, halfling, orc, goblin, gnoll -- are treated equally badly, if that means anything.
If Tratain talks with a slave, he will find that they are deferential in the extreme, but nervous about taking any kind of unsanctioned break.
Renik ventures out with some specific questions in mind. He finds answers in a talkative dwarf -- or actually, as the creature informs him, a Derro.
Renik meets the Derro in shadows under a porch, and the creature has an aversion to the sun. He claims to be the student of a merchant/mage, the best of all the Derro. "Master Mrrot alone travels under the sun! Others call him mad for that, but he is the wealthiest and greatest!"
"The Master entered the Tapestry to compete for the prize! In the Tapestry he is the human windmage Redstone!"
Renik also discovers from Mrrobee the apprentice that others have entered the Tapestry just last night: • The giant king's son, playing the human knight, Storm; • A lizard man, playing a human druid, Calimenes; • A mind flayer ("Those things give me the williws!") playing a human mind reader, Waerlag; • A human who was already in the Tapestry.
In last night's story, the people inside had to achieve a quest for the hand of the princess. The King in the story made the people do a challange. It was left on a cliffhanger, and the king had been betting all day on the results. Tonight the action would start with the answer to last night's quest.
Renik does not get much more info than that, considering that the Tapestry story only began last night. On earlier nights, the mage had waited for more people to show up.
Sarigar is certain that the drow here are the ones you all had tracked. He also cannot help but notice the large dog-like creatures in the pen and on patrol with the giants.
Draax AC25, HP110 Monday December 6th, 2004 10:13:58 PM
Draax takes a look around the keep and cannot help thinking that the group has willingly walked into the lion's den.
Rond d20+7=24 d20+11=19 Monday December 6th, 2004 11:07:21 PM
As much as he is able, Rond will continue to do a little recon around the fort. As he's reconing, he's trying to pick up any idle chit chat that may give away more than intended from the Giants.
(Spot=24, Listen=19)
Feng (Ac 23, HP 105) Tuesday December 7th, 2004 5:29:57 AM
It's with great effort that Feng leaves his double axe upon his back as he sits with the others. Idly he wonders if they manage to make it out of the tapestry, would the giants let them leave for winning?
Renik d20+5=21 Tuesday December 7th, 2004 7:24:40 AM
The rogue thanks Mrrobee, and bids him good betting at the evening's games. "Do yourself a favour, friend: bet on us!" he winks.
Despite of, or perhaps because of their perilous situation the rogue can't help but feel a certain thrill at these developments. He's always enjoyed playing for high stakes.
If he has time before the feast he pays a call on the Drow household, introducing himself as the earlier visitor.
"If you have time to continue our earlier discussion, sir, I'd be fascinated to learn more about this marvelous item. Do you know who made it? It must have been a mage of stupendous power to craft such a treasure."
The rogue continues to probe and question in a friendly way, happily swapping thoughts on tales he knows if the mage is willing. (Gather Info 21, attempting to find as much about the Tapestry, the way in which the tales it tells work, how time passes within it and about its history as he can).
Once done he joins with the others before heading to the evening feast. As he heads there he quietly asks Tratain "Do you think that missing halfling lass we heard about back in the city might be amongst the slaves? Did you see any female halflings?"
Tratain d20+1=19 Tuesday December 7th, 2004 8:54:40 AM
Tratain talks with the slaves to learn anything he can about the giants (Gather Info 19). When Renik asks he tries to remember if he came across any halflings in his wanderings. He listens Intently to the mage or anyone else who talks about the tapestry in order to gain any knowledge he can about how things work inside it.
Sarigar (AC19) and Black Paws (AC17) (CV132) d20+9=19 Tuesday December 7th, 2004 10:48:25 AM
Although curious about the dog-like beasts, unless the kennel is fairly close to party's house, he doesn't move to look closer at them. Should the kennel be close, he does move to check them closer, using his abilities as a ranger to keep them as calm as possible (Wild Empathy 19).
Other than that, he just keeps a good watch on everything he can see from his vantage point at the house.
Dinner Bell Rings (DM Cayzle) Tuesday December 7th, 2004 12:43:24 PM
Some people look around the fort.
Sarigar can tell that the "dogs" are not natural. They come from some elemental plane? maybe. They sure do like the hot sulferous water spring in their pen.
Rond sees and hears nothng to make him think that there is a trap or that the giants intend them harm. He does see two giants start quarelling over some point, and a fistfight breaks out. The other giants mostly just cheer on this spectacle, as peasants make themselves scarce.
There sure were a few halfling women among the peasant slaves. But none that came close enough to talk to.
The Drow wizard, Caunas Methar, is pleased to meet Renik "eye-to-eye." [Carl, did you give Renik's name? he'll ask for it if you have not.]
He says that the Tapestry is beyond the power of mortals to make, but he does not know of its history. His former master had it for ages. He adds that time is irrelevant -- it all depends on the story. Time bends t fit the story, but it can pause overnight between tellings. He has been allowing one telling per night.
The drow is pleased to see that the group has come by. He suggests that only one person, or maybe two, enter the Tapestry. He wants the 5,000 before dinner, and the other people in the Tapestry are not to know about it.
"Remember, they are competing in the Tapestry for the hand of the Princess. You have to pretend to be doing that too, but your REAL purpose is to find a way to bring wealth out of the Tapestry. Only if you do that do you get the 5,000 back!"
"I can add you to the Tapestry as any kind of character -- a wizard, a knight, an inventor, whatever! Pick well, so that you will succeed."
"I can influence the Tapestry to a degree. I charge the saps in the Tapestry gold to do so. I will make changes to help you get gold, but if you want any otherr changes, you will have to pay for them, too."
"See you at the feast!"
Just about then, a huge gong summons all the giants and guests to "Castle Bone."
Rond Tuesday December 7th, 2004 11:35:06 PM
Seeing an hearing nothing of any import, Rond heads to the common area to await the others. Getting lost in his beer, Rond does try to keep his ears about as the others parade and laugh their way in.
Draax AC25, HP110 Wednesday December 8th, 2004 12:31:50 AM
Draax is not sure if he is relieved or disappointed that all of them cannot enter the tapestry. He is happy that they will be able to watch for any treachery from the real world, but is unhappy that those that go into the tapestry will be doing it with minimum backup.
When the gong sounds Draax joins the others and heads to the feast.
Arien Wednesday December 8th, 2004 2:57:21 AM
Arien makes his way to the hall when the gong sounds and sits next to the others. Arien eats little and merely pretends to drink. He keeps an eye out for anything that may look suspicious as he trusts the giants not one bit.
Renik Wednesday December 8th, 2004 3:55:09 AM
The rogue joins the rest of the group, quickly updating them on what the mage has told him.
"I want to keep an eye on Caunas and the giants, so I'll need a volunteer, maybe two, to take the parts in the upcoming fairy tale. Anyone feel up to the job?"
Feng Wednesday December 8th, 2004 9:48:27 AM
"I will take the risk. It is only fitting after my recent failure but I suggest another accompany me. This will be tough and two heads are better than one." Feng says. It's not the only reason he will go. Feng knows that in the tapestry he will be human. Even if it isn't real it will be probably his only chance to walk down the street without people staring, whispering as he passes. He knows he's handsome and charismatic, even above most humans. But a handsome half-orc is still a half-orc.
Tratain Wednesday December 8th, 2004 10:50:06 AM
Tratain says "If no one else wants to go I will, either is fine for me, I may be needed on both sides so Renik should decide if no one else volunteers."
The Hall of Bones (DM Cayzle) Wednesday December 8th, 2004 2:29:08 PM
Responding to the gong, the Hamleteers enter Castle Bone for the frist time, and right into the feasting chamber. Now it is clear why the "castle" has its name -- the walls are covered with skeletons, bones, and skulls!
There is the oddest table. Most of it is giant-sized, but a quarter of it has short legs on a raised dias, so that human-sized folk can join at the feast.
Each of the giant place settings has a whole roast pig on a platter that looks like a polished slice of tree trunk. There are few vegetables, but many casks and cups all around.
Two of the large canine creatures loll at the big chair at one end --clearly the king's.
The guests sized like you include derro, illithids, lizard-folk with snake heads, and the drow. The illithids each have a young sheep tethered to the table in lieu of a plate.
You can sit by yourself in a group or mingle. Who do you want to sit with? What will you talk about or ask about? How much or what will you say about what brings you here?
Rond Wednesday December 8th, 2004 10:04:01 PM
back track
"I can go along with you Feng, if you want to keep all the brains here, to try to figure out what this is all about"
Looking nervously about, Rond isn't sure what to do next. So he sits down at his place setting, and watches the others in the room.
Tratain d20+1=19 d20+9=16 Wednesday December 8th, 2004 11:40:12 PM
Tratain will wander about the room listening and talking with anyone who doesn't seem overtly hostile (Listen 16, Gather Information 19) asking about the tapestry, what has happened so far. Trying to learn anything he can about it. If asked Tratain will only tell anyone who asks that they need to talk to a man already in the tapestry."
Draax d20-1=17 Thursday December 9th, 2004 1:58:46 AM
Draax sits as far away from the illithids as possible. He talks about whatever subject is brought up, but will quickly chance the subject back to the tapestry. Asking questions like, has anyone ever returned from the tapestry rich or do the participates die for real when they die in the tapestry? (Gather Information 17)
If asked how he came to be here, he will just point at Renik and say, "I follow him and he seems to have a nose for finding a ways to make money."
Renik d20+5=14 Thursday December 9th, 2004 4:24:18 AM
The rogue makes small talk with their hosts, trying to keep the group in one place when it is time to eat. He will continue to to chat with the Derro and others nearby (Gather Info 14 trying to glean any other details about the workings of the tapestry and the fate of those that enter it).
"Very well, Rond and Feng it is. But Rond, I don't intend for all the brains to be out here. I suspect whatever challenges you face within the Tapestry will be largely cerebral. Think fast and be smart. And Feng, don't forget that we have several aims: to get that traitor out (or at least our treasures), to complete the tale, and to gather treasure. All three are important if we are to complete our own aims and get out of this camp safely. Just remember to stick with the spirit of the story and you should be fine. Good luck, lads."
Feng Thursday December 9th, 2004 9:58:38 AM
Feng listens to what Renik says and hears the truth in his words. He can't lose himself nor stay inside no matter how much he would like to. To stay inside would be an injustice to his companions and all the people that need his help in the world. When dinner arrives Feng tries to sit away from the gathering of evil. Every fiber in his being cries out for him to strike down this evil but thats not possible
Sarigar and Black Paws Thursday December 9th, 2004 11:31:21 AM
The sights and smells of the giants and the other "guests" has the brothers completely uneasy. Despite the food present, neither eats anything unless Sarigar pulls it from his own pack.
The pair watches the room in observant silence.
Setanos Thursday December 9th, 2004 1:30:58 PM
Setanos becomes increasingly uneasy in the presence of the Giants. Its fairly clear that the only reason he remains here is because thats what the party has chosen.
He also refuses to eat any of the Giants food, and spends his time watching and observing things.
OOC: Sorry for the missing posts, computer crashed on me.
The Giant's Feast (DM Cayzle) Thursday December 9th, 2004 2:57:50 PM
Tratain boldly mingles with the guests and chats with most of the folks there. No one is overtly hostile -- in fact, some of the guests seem amused by the suspicion shown by the Hamleteers.
One Illithid remarks to Tratain, "Tell your friends there is no need to fear. It's not like we bite! Ha ha!"
Tratain learns that the the first quest in the Tapestry story, begun last night, was to pick a glass rose from the top of a glass mountain. The Derro, playing a human wind mage, is the favored victor, since it seems he can control winds, and he can probably fly. The Giant King is betting hard on his son, Storm, to win, though.
A recap of the questers so far:
• The giant king's son, playing the human knight, Storm; • A lizard man, playing a human druid, Calimenes; • A mind flayer, playing a human mind reader, Waerlag; • A derro, playing a wind mage named Redstone. • A human who was already in the Tapestry, named Terstin.
Drax ends up talking with one of the drow wizard's apprentices. He discovers that if you die in the Tapestry, you just appear back in the Wold. And yes, people have come back rich -- when you leave the Tapestry, anything you are holding comes back with you.
Renik finds out that the Derro know less than the Drow. He keeps everyone sitting together, away from the illithids, which prompts a few illithid chuckles. Rond, Setanos, and Sarigar keep alert.
Caunas Methar stops by to say hello. He asks for the 5,000 gp. He is glad to hear that Rond and Feng will be entering the Tapestry. He suggests that one be a knight and the other, his squire. Okay? he says he'll add you to the game after the glass rose quest.
Several of you note that the drow elf also chats with the giant king, and collects a sack from him as well.
Dinner begins, and the food flies fast and heavy. It is actually quite a mess, since the giants have not yet heard about spoons and forks, so far as you can tell. The neatest eaters, as it turns out, are the illithids, who remove the living brains of their lambs with nary a splatter.
The Snakemen are also pretty neat, since they tend to swallow their gobbets of raw bloody meat whole. One hulking Snakeman nudges the illithid next to him after he is done with his lamb. "You gonna finish that?" he asks. The illithid says, "Be my guest," and the huge Snakeman takes the entire brainless lamb and swallows it whole, head first!
A female Snakewoman, evidently in charge with their leader in the Tapestry, yells at the greedyguts. "You pig! Now you're going to sleep for a week!" With the hindquarters of the lamb still a-dangle, the big lizardman can't talk with his mouth full.
For the rest of you, in addition to roast pork and lamb, there is coarse bread, gravy, and lots of corn. The giants shovel in several ears of corn at a time, cobs and all (like we eat that chinese baby corn).
King Gorin Stonecrusher notices that a couple of the Hamleteers are not eating his food. He stands up, clearly angry.
If you make a Sense Motive check vs. DC15, then Please Highlight to display spoiler: {The giant is not really angry. He is playing with you.}
"WHAT! YOU INSULT MY TABLE! EAT, OR EXPLAIN YOURSELVES!"
Anyone who chooses not to eat, please answer the king. otherwise I assume you chow down.
There is lively wagering going around the table, and the king's bookie, a giant wearing a pair of big glasses, is going the rounds. Feel free to bet on any of the questers listed above.
Later in the meal, the king eyes Black Paws. "I see you brought your dog to the table! Well, let's make this dinner interesting. I'll bet 1,000 gold that my dog can beat your dog! Fight until one one is unconscious or runs. If a dog dies, then too bad! Deal?
Sarigar, if you refuse, then Please Highlight to display spoiler: {The king laughs and says that your "dog" is puny! He'll give you three to one odds. You win 3,000 if Black Paws wins, you lose 1,000 if he loses. If you still refuse, then the king laughs, calls you a coward, and sits down.}
Dinner ends with lots of drinking and rock candy. The drow mage prepares the Tapestry.
Rond Thursday December 9th, 2004 10:40:18 PM
Muttering to Feng as they eat, "Why don't you go as the knight. I think I can act the hapless squire, as my knight goes charging headlong into situations he shouldn't get into. Brave and foolish as they are."
If he hears Feng choke on his food, he'll look in his direction and smile at him, to show him he was joking.
Either way he'll do his best to let Feng know that he was teasing him.
Draax d20=17 Friday December 10th, 2004 5:26:31 AM
Draax hands Caunas Methar the requested 5,000 gp, thinking how smart Caunas is to get his money before the group gets a chance to see what they are getting into.
He pulls a dagger from his sleeve when he hears the king's angry shout, but quickly uses the dagger to cut his roast pig when he notes that the king was only playing (sense motive 17).
Draax will talk politely with anyone who talks to him until the show begins.
Renik d20+3=19 d20+5=25 Friday December 10th, 2004 7:20:17 AM
(Sense motive 19)
Although the rogue is cheerfuly munching his way through the food provided, he senses the king is making sport of them and cannot help but rise to the challenge.
Leaping to his feet with a mischievous twinkle in his eye and a chicken drumstick in his hand he cries, "Great king, you mistake my companions' intentions. It was never our desire to cause offense. It is just that my friends and I are not used to such opulence and grandeur. We feel quite literally dwarfed in your presence," he says with a wink at the Derro. He hops up onto the table so that the giants might better see him.
"If my friends are not eating it is simply because they are overwhelmed by their surroundings. Perhaps they consider themselves unworthy of your hospitality. I, on the other hand," he says, taking a big bite from his drumstick and looking around at the crowd with a grin and a wink, "am not so humble." And he lets out a lusty belch.
He is attempting to work the king and crowd, to get them to laugh with him and view the party in a friendly light (Perform, Oratory 25).
"Indeed, I am so lacking in good manners that I would ask one more small favour of you, great king. A small side bet, just between you and me to make things a bit more interesting. My knight against yours, what do you say? If your son, playing Storm, wins the game I owe you 500 gold. If my man Feng here, playing another knight, is victorious then you owe me 500 gold. If neither win we are even. Do you take my bet?"
Tratain d20+5=25 Friday December 10th, 2004 11:35:07 AM
Tratain can tell that the giant king is not really angry (Sense Motive 25) but eats some food anyway and laughs at Renik's response to him.
Arien d20+1=18 Friday December 10th, 2004 12:11:08 PM
Arien senses that the giant king is toying with them, Arien smiles slightly and wonders if the king will be as jovial when his son loses the bet for him.
Sarigar and Black Paws d20+1=9 Friday December 10th, 2004 1:20:15 PM "I got my own stuff right here." Sarigar says as he holds up a handful of mush made of bread, jerkied meat, bugs and other items.
The challenge of the King is completely ignored by Sarigar. Black Paws does not fight for sport. He fights for survival, end of story.
Life is about survival and he's survived up till now. Whether it meant fighting and killing their prey or running when something intended to make them the prey, they've survived. Whatever it takes to survive is what they do, cowardice doesn't enter the mix. So, being called a coward means nothing to him.
The Tapestry (DM Cayzle) Friday December 10th, 2004 7:55:06 PM
The assemblage is quite amised by Renik's oration and table-walking. "You tell him, shorty!" calls out one giant.
The king gladly accepts the wager. "500 is less than I usually bet, but done and done! And if you would like to up your wager, then by all means!" He chuckles at Renik in a brutal and mocking but friendly way.
The drow mage hangs the Tapestry at the front of the hall. He has it set up so he can step behind it. The cloth now shows a scene of a glass mountain.
He nods to the king. The giant calls out, "Are all bets in? Good! Let us begin!"
Do you wish to do anything before the show starts?
Renik Sunday December 12th, 2004 9:12:16 AM
Renik asks the mage: do spells cast out here continue within the Tapestry? If the answer is affirmative he encourages the spellcasters to boost the prowess of the two adventurers.
Then the rogue settles back with his arms crossed, and waits to see what awaits Feng and Rond.
Draax Sunday December 12th, 2004 6:08:05 PM
Not really sure what is going to happen Draax waits with the others for the show to start.
Rond Monday December 13th, 2004 12:27:31 AM
Before entering the tapestry Rond asks, "Could we have a quick review of the rules, and any tips you could give us from things previously?"
Arien Monday December 13th, 2004 12:28:32 AM
Arien stands and addresses the giant king, "If that is less than you normally bet how about we up the stakes then? I will back my friend here to the sum of seven thousand gold." Arien smirks and adds, "Unless of course that is too much for you."
Setanos Monday December 13th, 2004 12:33:27 PM
Setanos mutters quietly about his intentions, but decides not to push his luck. The sight of the Illithid and other evil beings is quickly becoming more than he can stand.
He excuses himself and leaves the table, heading out into the night.
"Once Upon A Time" (DM Cayzle) Monday December 13th, 2004 6:22:03 PM
Renik is told by a drow apprentice during dessert that when you enter the Tapestry, you are a new person -- a human.
If you make a sense motive DC12 check, then Please Highlight to display spoiler: {There is no mistaking the contempt and even disgust in the apprentice drow's voice at being forced into human shape.}
Since you are a new person, you have none of the items or spells or abilities you had in life. You are a character in the story.
Rond asks about the rules and finds out that there are none. The trick is, you can only do and say things that make sense for your character to do and say -- if you try to act out of character, the Tapestry will prevent you or even take control of you. The chief drow wizard gives Rond a hint: "Try to think about what a human hero in a fairy tale would do. Then do that!"
Arien offers the giant chief a bold bet. "7,000 gold! That's a real giant's bet, small fry! Well done!" He walks over to Arien and offers a meaty paw to seal the deal. The giant bookie scrawls a record of the bet.
Setanos is having a hard time putting up with the situation. He steps out for a breath of air (or rather, to exchange smoke and raw meat inside for sulferous hot springs outside), and in the courtyard sees a humanoid figure standing ... also taking a break? Make a spot check vs DC 10 in order to Please Highlight to display spoiler: {You see that it is a snakeman.}
At last dinner is done, and the Tapestry is set up. It spreads across half a wall, and all can see it clearly. Caunas Methar, carrying a heavy tome, steps out of sight behind the Tapestry. From the curtain a voice rings out. Is it the drow? It sounds a little like him, but deeper, more potent, and stronger. The voice declaims:
"Once upon a time, there was a kingdom whose king had a daughter, named Palahandra, of unequalled beauty and charm. She was being courted by a young bard, Terstin, whose music had no equal in the kingdom."
You see the Tapestry form a picture of a court. There is a king, a queen, and a princess. A minstrel enters -- it looks very much like the man you seek! The musician and the princess spend time together happily.
Other suitors were Storm, a knight who was undefeatable in battle."
A huge hulking man enters (the giant king's son).
"Calimenes, a man who could talk with animals and order them to do his bidding."
(This is the snake man.)
"Waerlag the mage, who could read other people's minds as easily as others read books."
(This is the mind flayer.)
"and Redstone, a friend of winds, who could make the weather itself obey his wishes."
(This is the derro.)
"The king, hoping to choose the most resourceful and skilled of the suitors, decided to send them on quests until it becomes obvious who is most worthy to receive the hand of the princess. The first task was to bring back the Glass Rose growing on top of the Mountain of Glass. No man could scale the smooth walls of the mountain."
The Tapestry reveals the story as told. The suitors travel to a mountain made of glass. At the top grows the Rose. At first, none can scale it. The wind mage begins to summon winds to blow him to the top. Then the voice in the Tapestry speaks again.
"No man could scale the smooth walls of the mountain except for the one who was shown the secret way by a nearby hermit."
You see the hermit secretly beckon Storm, and the two creep off. The rest are watching the wind mage, except for the mind reader, who follows Storm and the hermit. The old man quickly leads the warrior by a hidden path to the top. The mind reader tries to sprint ahead, but his foot catches in a crack, and he is stuck. The hermit leads the warrior around the cracks and to the top, where he picks the Rose. The wind mage is only half way up.
There are gasps in the feasting hall at this outcome, and money changes hands as bets are resolved. The giant king makes out quite well, and grins!
Then the voice speaks again.
"The noble heros returned to the Princess and King, where a new suitor awaited."
The drow apprentice beckons to Rond and Feng wildly. "Now! Now! Step in!"
Draax Monday December 13th, 2004 7:23:18 PM
Although he was forewarned about what was going to happen in the tapestry, Draax still find himself relaxing and getting swept into the story. He has to keep reminding himself where he is and to keep his guard up.
Sarigar and Black Paws Monday December 13th, 2004 7:31:12 PM
The changing scene in the tapestry holds the brothers interest for a time, but that time is rather short. Soon they are walking around the hall as if looking for something. Finally, they find a spot and sprawl out on the ground as if they're about to fall asleep.
Feng Monday December 13th, 2004 10:42:51 PM
Feng sat there looking lost. He snapped out of it almost instantly when the drow beckoned him into the painting. For until that time he was pretty much lost. Feng had been searching within himself for an answer to the question that plagues him. When this is over he would return to the real world, that there was no doubt. But could he deal with the world as he does now? Could he ingore the stares. Ignore the whispered comments about his heritage and the drunken insults from bar patrons? Now he was a stone, blocking out all negative things and concentrating on doing his work. Feng worried that after this was all said and done he wouldn't...no couldn't do that anymore and give into the anger his orc blood brings. Feng was thinking about all that and more as he hurried through the tapestry.
Rond Monday December 13th, 2004 11:08:03 PM
"Come sir Knight. Lead me to adventure."
Renik Tuesday December 14th, 2004 4:13:08 AM
"Good luck," says Renik quietly. "Keep your eye on the prize and stay true to the tale. Remember, it is nearly always the humble and honest who win the day in a fairy tale of love. It may well be that your best course of action is to support the bard in his bid. Let's wait and see."
Tratain Tuesday December 14th, 2004 10:46:55 AM
Tratain watches the tapestry with interest and wishes the others luck when they enter.
Arien Tuesday December 14th, 2004 12:13:32 PM
Arien stands up and grabs the offered hand and shakes it once while saying, "Done then, shall we watch then?"
Enter, Our Heros, Stage Right (DM Cayzle) Tuesday December 14th, 2004 7:08:29 PM In the Tapestry
The narrator's voice speaks as Rond and Feng enter.:
"The new suitor was Jerome, a knight who was as strong as a bear and as clever as a dragon. With him was his loyal and keen-eyed squire, Shandy."
In the Tapestry, the suitors are arrayed before the king, who sits on his throne. Standing next to him is his lovely daughter, the princess. The King says, "Who has brought back the Glass Rose? Stand forth, Hero!"
Storm the Warrior steps forward. He hands the king the flower, saying, "I got the rose! Now I get the girl!" He paws at the Princess, who shrieks.
The king stands, and shouts, "Guards!" The king's soldiers force Storm back. the King says, "You won the rose, but you are uncouth! One who weds my daughter must gentle and noble!"
"I must set another task. This time, a task that requires delicacy! Tomorrow you will each be put into a seperate garden. In the garden grows a pea plant. You must remove the peas from the plant's pods without damaging the plant at all."
The king sends the suitors to bed. (Rond and Feng are together.)
That night, privately to each suitor, the princess stops by to visit. She want to know about the far away place where you come from. And if you will take her there if you win her hand. What do you say to her?
Then later that night, the royal gardener comes to each suitor. He begs that you will treat his plants well. What do you say to him?
In the morning, you are shown to your bit of garden. There is the plant. What will you do there?
Do you want to meet anyone else or do anything else in the night?
==========
In Bone Castle
In the feasting hall of the giants, the drow emerges from behind the Tapestry and rolls it up for the night. The hall fills with conversation about the latest challenge. Most seem to think that Storm will not be up to the task, but the chieftain still bets on his son.
Sarigar finds a place to nap.
Do you want to place any bets? What do you want to do over the next day before the feasting and Tapestry story resumes?
Outside, the mysterious stranger approaches Setanos. "So, what game do you humans play here?" Will Setanos engage him or ignore him?
Draax Tuesday December 14th, 2004 11:25:04 PM
Not being much of a gambler Draax gives Renik the remaining 1568 gold from the giants treasure.
During the next day Draax will cautiously walks around the keep testing the amount of freedom the giants will give the group. He will do his best to stay as far away for the Illithids as possible.
Rond d20+8=12 Wednesday December 15th, 2004 7:31:17 AM
When the princess comes to the door, Rond will ask for a moment, and then he will go get Feng.
When the gardiner comes, Rond will ask him what type of plant, type of planting that he does, and make some suggestion to him (if any) on care. (knowledge nature =12). Rond is trying his best just to be friendly.
Tratain Wednesday December 15th, 2004 11:03:25 AM
Tratain will spend the next Day makeing sure the slaves are well. If any are injured he will care for them.
Sarigar and Black Paws Wednesday December 15th, 2004 11:07:30 AM
The brothers lie lazily in the corner, keeping an eye on the happenings in the hall with a disinterested gaze. Mostly, they would like to sleep, but even with the implied guarantees of their safety, they are uncomfortable sleeping anywhere near (let alone in sight) of beings that once hunted him and his kin.
Renik d20+5=10 Wednesday December 15th, 2004 11:09:14 AM
The rogue places no further bets for now. Instead he retires for the night and spends the following day attempting to quietly discover if the halfling lass they were asked to find is one of the slaves at the camp.
(Gather Info 10: Bah.)
Jerome (Feng) Wednesday December 15th, 2004 5:28:19 PM
Feng is caught offguard by the princesses visit. Initially he's at a loss for words but he quickly calms his nerves and finds his voice. Never has such a beautiful woman paid him this kind of attention and he found that he rather liked it.
"Princess what a pleasent suprise. The lands I hail from you say?" Feng says with a pleasant smile and pauses to think about it. "The land I hail from is quite vast. There are crystal blue oceans and lush green forests. There is even a city that floats in the air. If you wished to go I would take you to see all of it while keeping you safe from all those that would wish you harm."
After the Princess leaves Feng will take a moment to walk the quiet castle halls and take in the moment. He often dreamed of a moment like he received at the party and never wants to forget it. The look on the king's face and the subtle smile from the princess was priceless to him. As he walks he does keep an eye out for their target in case lady luck is favoring them this night.
The next morning Feng sits before the plant, thinking hard on the problem. This one had him quite stumped. "Shandy if I am to remove the peas from the plant without harming it in any way I may have a problem. Even if I were to take a knife and gently cut the pod open the plant would still be damaged."
A Lazy Day (Day Two) (DM Cayzle) Wednesday December 15th, 2004 7:06:26 PM
This is the second day of the party's visit.
In the Tapestry
The Princess is very pleased at Feng/Jerome's words. She says, "I would like nothing better! I often feel that this magical place is almost too perfect to be real. How I long to go to a more mundane place. Fare well in the morrow's challenge."
The gardener is happy to talk with Rond/Shandy. The worker is eager to hear that Jerome will not harm his plants. "They are special creatures, and very sensitive. I talk to them all the time. It helps them grow. And they are very responsive." The gardener continues to char about plants with Shandy.
THe next day, at the plant, both Jerome and Shandy are faced with the pea plant. You see that it is a beautiful and healthy plant. The pods are ripe with big peas -- you can see their outlines through the pods. Shandy notices that the pea plant moves gently in the breeze ... or against the breeze?
What do you do?
[OOC: No need for rolls or checks or saves in the Tapestry. Just say what you want to do. Hint -- think outside the box, folks. You are not in a D&D game any more ... you two are in a fairy tale! What would a fairy tale hero do?]
==========
In Bone Castle
Drax discovers that he is as free as he likes. He can come and go. But he cannot enter certain private quarters in the castle. Guards stop him if he tries.
Sarigar keeps a lazy eye open but notices nothing.
The snake man shrugs at Setanos and leaves him to his own devices.
Tratain finds that there is much work to be done among the slaves. There are wounds to heal, diseases to treat, and so on. The giants watch him with alert bemusement (unless Tratain is trying to be covert?)
Renik talks with some halflings, working the small crowd that comes to see Tratain. None are able to help him at first. "What is her name?" one asks.
Is Renik trying to be covert?
During the day, the drow wizard approaches Renik. "How is your friend planning on bringing his treasure out?"
Rond/Shandy Wednesday December 15th, 2004 11:28:43 PM
Rond whipsers to his knight, "Try telling the plant your plight, and that you would really like to win the hand of the princess, but that you fear you cannot do it without the plants help........Failing that, sing to the plant about how well it looks, and if only it could spare a pea."
Renik d20+5=22 Thursday December 16th, 2004 8:20:20 AM
The rogue continues to make his subtle enquiries. He encourages Tratain to continue his good work publicly, explaining to any guards that approach "He's always been like this. Can't pass by without lending a helping hand. A good man to have around, don't you agree?"
Meanwhile his questioning continues. He wracks his brains, trying to remember details of the lass that Feng had mentioned. It had been Benny's lost love from Angel Springs, gone some 2 years now. What was her name again? Elly? Vera? No, Ivy, that was it. Ivy from Angel Springs.
(Gather Info 22, covert)
Feng/ Jerome Thursday December 16th, 2004 9:54:30 AM
Jerome takes a seat on the ground before the plant, humbling himself before it. Jerome spends many minutes just looking at the beautiful plant before speaking.
"Oh beautiful plant I am in a dreadful situation. I wish for the hand of the fair princess but I cannot do it without your help. Please grant me your peas."
Sarigar and Black Paws Thursday December 16th, 2004 10:58:01 AM
Come morning, the brothers are beyond bored and more than a little claustrophobic. They leave the main hall out into the courtyard. They jog around a bit, just to get some exercise, though they try to keep relatively out of sight of the slaves (no sense flaunting their freedom).
After maybe an hour, they return to the pack's house and find a corner to curl up in and get some much wanted sleep.
Draax Thursday December 16th, 2004 4:23:06 PM
As he waits to the show to begin again, Draax will walk around the keep trying to get a good feel for his surroundings.
Like Peas Out Of A Pod (Day Two, evening) (DM Cayzle) Thursday December 16th, 2004 8:59:14 PM
[OOC: Had been waiting for more posts, but alas.]
In Bone Castle
The day passes, and Renik does discover the female halfling! Wonder of wonders, it is she! A maid in the off-limits private quarters, but you can catch her tomorrow at daybreak if you are quick.
Drax and Sarigar remain alert.
The drow wizard does not look pleased when Renik does not answer him -- but does not pursue it, for today.
That evening, the Hamleteers not in the Tapestry sit down for the nightly feast. Once again, there is a lot of betting. Once again, if you make a spot check vs DC15, then Please Highlight to display spoiler: {You see the giant chief hand a bag over to the Drow mage.}
Then the Tapestry opens for the night.
==========
In the Tapestry
The voice sounds from behind the curtain:
"The king has set a new task -- to gather peas from closed pods, without hurting the plant. The gardener told Storm that the pods would open if surprised."
Within the Tapestry the suitors try to extract peas without hurting the plant. Waerlag (the mind flayer) and Redstone (the derro) fail at the task.
Terstin (the bard) sings the pods open with a beautiful song. Storm (the giant king's son) yells at the plant, scaring the pods open. Calimenes (the snake man) summons moles to tickle the plant's roots; the pod opens when the plant laughs. And Jerome's (Feng's) humility also wins the plant over, and it opens of its own accord.
The king meets the suitors and says, "This task was too easy! The four of you who won must compete in a new task to see who is the most gentle."
"Within the next fortnight, go out and return with the softest, most fragile thing you can. The princess will judge who gathers that which requires the most gentle touch."
Renik Friday December 17th, 2004 5:46:44 AM
The rogue apologises to the mage, and says "In truth I do not know. I trust his judgement, I'm sure he'll work something out. This is a new experience for all of us."
Renik does not make further contact with Ivy for now, but informs his companions that she is there, and that when this is done they will have at least one slave to free. Hopefully if they take Ivy back to Angel Springs with their tale a larger force can be raised to free the remaining captives.
He continues to watch the Tapestry developments with fascination, applauding when Feng succeeds at the pea task. He looks forard to seeing what he comes up with for the next challenge.
Sarigar and Black Paws d20+14=32 d20-2=9 Friday December 17th, 2004 1:37:29 PM
Back in the feasting hall, Sarigar keeps more to his corner this time, still uncomfortable being in the same room with the giants and drow. The other races present are virtually unknown to him, thus he has no uneasiness around them.
Perhaps out of distrust or just his normal attentiveness of his surroundings, he catches sight of the Giant King's transaction (Spot 32). Although he himself has no idea what it was probably about, his inherent distrust of the Giants and Drow compel him to alert Renik to what he saw as subtlty as he can (Diplomacy 9).
Jerome/ Feng Friday December 17th, 2004 5:48:41 PM
Feng wasn't suprised that there would be another contest. Truthfully he was hoping there would be more. This was a challenge he was enjoying very much. And while he had an idea as to what to show the princess he had no idea how.
In the Doldrums (Day Three) (DM Cayzle) Saturday December 18th, 2004 7:18:11 PM
In Bone Castle
The day is hot and humid, despite the winter season. The hot springs are active, and spout out vast plumes of steam and foul gasses. The ground is warm to touch.
In keeping with the weather, the party is lethargic, and so are the giants and other guests. Still, sharp-eyed Sarigar tells Renik about the fiunds the giant chief seems to keep giving the wizard.
==========
In the Tapestry
Our heros find themselves outside the King's Castle Gate. The Wind Mage and Storm rush off together. The Animal Friend dashes off fast. The Bard, the Mind Reader, Jerome, and Shandy are left standing there.
"I see from your empty heads that you are a little lost," the Mind Reader tells the Bard and Jerome. "What will you do?"
"Darned if I know!" the bard says. "What about you, friend?" he asks Jerome.
Renik Sunday December 19th, 2004 2:21:17 PM
Renik nods when sarigar passes on the news. "Well, either the king is making another side-bet, or more likely he is trying to stack the odds in his favour, and against us. Let us keep a very close eye on the mage during these Tapestry sessions. He he looks to be working magics that might influence the game we may need to figure out a way to distract him. Arien, how might we best go about that, do you think?"
Tratain d20+9=18 Monday December 20th, 2004 12:25:20 AM
Tratain says to Renik "Aye I noticed him aswell." Tratain continues to care for the Slaves unless someone directly tells him to stop. Tratain does not attempt to be covert at all.
Tratain suggests to Renik, "Perhapse we should make a bet with the giant to have him Free the slaves or treat them as his subjects instead of slaves. Feng Promised Benny that we would search for the Halfling Lass, we should try and return her to him if we can."
Draax Monday December 20th, 2004 4:18:08 AM
"The Drow did say that he would influence the tapestry for a price. I guess the king is using his money and power to give his son an upper hand."
Setanos Monday December 20th, 2004 7:24:44 AM
Setanos spends his time watching the situation and remaining for the most part with Tratain. He tries to be ever alert, but the stress of the situation is clearly weighing on him.
Jerome/ Feng Monday December 20th, 2004 7:59:24 AM
"I'm not entirely sure. This is a strange place and there is no telling what I could find out here. I think I'll just walk around and see what I see." Jerome replied.
Sarigar and Black Paws d20+30=50 d20+15=22 Monday December 20th, 2004 3:21:18 PM
On Renik's suggestion, during the time of the next "reading" of the tapestry, the brothers will try to find an inconspicuous spot (Hide 50, Nat 20) from which to watch (Spot 22) the Drow wizard conducting the show.
The feasting continues as it has on earlier nights, and you come to understand that "feasting" is normal fare for giants. No wonder they need so many slaves working their fields and flocks! And thank goodness! If hunger didn't keep their numbers in check, they might overrun the Wold.
Sarigar has no problem spotting the giant chief paying off the Drow wizard. And he sees that the chief is placing a lot of bets -- which, if he wins, will easily cover his costs, and to spare.
Moreover, the sharp-eyed fellow sees that when the drow stands behind the Tapestry, he is writing in a large book just before the show starts. If you make an Int Check vs DC12, then Please Highlight to display spoiler: {You realize that when the Voice recounts the story thus far -- including a new aside that favors Storm -- as the wizard writes.}
Setanos, Tratain, and Drax also keep alert -- Setanos noteces the head Snake Woman also slips the wizard a small purse.
==========
In the Tapestry
The Tapestry reveals its story as it has the past two nights. The Voice summarizes the tale so far.
"The King's next task is to gather the most delicate of all things in the world. Warrior Storm and the wind mage Redstone had a wonderful idea, and beastfriend Calimenes saw his plan come to quick fruition."
The Tapestry reveals that Calimenes is fast to find a nest with baby birds. He brings one -- a very cute one -- with him back to the castle and the princess.
Storm and Redstone go up into the mountains. Redstone huddles and calls Snow to him, and Storm carries the mage back down. Showflakes follow as they return to the castle.
But what of Terstin and Jerome? Time grows short, and they have not yet gathered anything!
Draax Tuesday December 21st, 2004 12:42:44 AM
Although he knows he should not be surprised because of their size, Draax is still amazed at the amount of food consumed by the giants.
He watches the next scene with interest, wondering what event the recent money transfers will have on the current task.
Feng/ Jerome Tuesday December 21st, 2004 2:20:35 AM
When the time comes Jerome returns empty handed. No beautiful flower or bottled breeze rests in his hands. It's not that he didn't try to find something. He looked and looked for something that caught his eye but in the end there was nothing. Yet that was exactly as he hoped. All that remained was to make his presentation to the Princess.
Tratain Tuesday December 21st, 2004 12:29:56 PM
Tratain watches the tapestry with interest, wondering what Feng has in Mind. He also keeps an eye out for anyone else passing money to the Giants or the mage.
He says to Renik "Do you think they are paying to have the tapestry influenced in ther favor?"
Sarigar and Black Paws d20+1=12 d20-2=11 Tuesday December 21st, 2004 1:23:17 PM
Seeing the Gaint and Drow's transaction, despite his naivete in such matters, he is able to deduce that they do in fact seem to be cheating. As before, he tries to subtly inform Renik of his discovery (Diplomacy 11).
Renik Tuesday December 21st, 2004 3:31:59 PM
Renik nods to Tratain. "I'm certain of it. Draax is right, the mage as good as told us that influence in the game could be bought."
"Hmm, well as I see it we only have two choices. Trust in Feng's ability to overcome a stacked deck" he glances over at the tapestry and hopes desperately that Feng pulls something pretty special out of the bag soon "Or we cheat ourselves. Do we have any more money available to serve as a bribe?"
Things Get More Complicated (Still Third Day, Evening) (DM Cayzle) Tuesday December 21st, 2004 4:22:54 PM
Choices, choices! What will Jerome do? How will those outside the Tapestry affect what happens within? Or will they?
In the Tapestry
Calimenes offers the princess a baby chick. "peep!"
"It is darling," she exclaims.
Storm presents his offering, and snowflakes fall on the princess' hair and hands -- "Snowflakes are so delicate, they cannot long endure even a princess' touch."
She looks at the cool flakes, smiling. "Well done."
Then she turns to Jerome.
[OOC: Please continue to post your actions. I'll continue to post through the holidays if there are things to respond to -- but no worries if you are busy at this time of year.]
Feng/Jerome Tuesday December 21st, 2004 8:42:16 PM
Jerome steps forward and kneels before the princess. "Fair Princess I have seen many things this day. All were beautiful and delicate but none of them qualified. See in my eyes your beauty outshines everything. A beauty that should be cherished and protected above all else."
And Even More Complicated (Still Third Day, Evening) (DM Cayzle) Wednesday December 22nd, 2004 8:49:49 PM In the Tapestry
The bard, Terstin, leaps ahead of Jerome. He bows low, and says to the princess, "My love for you is the most delicate thing I know, but it is also strong beyond measure."
She looks at him, and says, "To protect that love, you would like to keep me here with you forever, would you not?"
The bard practically swoons with happiness. "Oh, yes! Yes!"
The woman turns from him. "Then I could not select you!" The bard's face falls.
Then it is Jerome's chance. He offers the princess her own beauty as the most delicate of all.
The princess, whose name is Palahandra, is indeed a beauty without equal. But it is not the complement to her appearance that causes her gaze to fix on Jerome like a compass on true north. What rivets her are his words, "cherished and protected above all else."
She rises, and Jerome sees that her cheeks are flushed. She says to Jerome, "Do you truly mean it, worthy knight? Would you protect my beauty from all threats? Even from the greatest threat a beauty can face? The threat of an unhappy marriage?"
"Would you protect me even if it meant stealing me away from here, and taking me long distances to your own home land?"
"To protect me, would you take me from here right now?"
It seems to Jerome that the entire world has stopped moving, waiting for his answer.
In Bone Castle
The guests jump to their feet at this odd turn of events! Some roar and demand to know how to resolve their bets. The tumult is great.
Draax Thursday December 23rd, 2004 1:28:23 AM
Looking at the tapestry as the scene unfolds Draax is just as surprised as the others in the hall at the turn of events. He can not keep himself from smiling as he notices the reaction of the giants and their guests.
Renik Thursday December 23rd, 2004 5:42:44 AM
"Now this could get interesting" murmurs the rogue.
"I hope our mage doesn't consider the princess to be 'treasure'. Feng better get his hands on some loot before he comes out or we may have a disgruntled drow wizard on our hands to add to the folks unhappy about Feng winning the favour of the princess."
He looks around cheerily, and calls out "what's the problem lads? We bet on who wins the hand of the princess, right? Looks like my boy is doing OK!"
Feng/ Jerome Thursday December 23rd, 2004 9:55:35 AM
Feng should be thinking about the man they were there to find. Plan on retrieving the items and escaping from the tapestry. He knew all these things but couldn't bring himself to think about them. For he was captivated by the princess. Never had such a woman looked at him as she did now.
"Yes I would." Jerome replied.
The Flight! (DM Cayzle) Thursday December 23rd, 2004 11:50:46 PM
In the Tapestry
"Then take me away! Let us run while we can!" The princess grabs Jerome by the hand and runs! Shandy follows on their heels, and they try to make their escape.
As soon as they depart, the spell lifts from the King and the other suitors. The King grows wroth and terrible! A great rage is on him!
"Go! You loyal men! Confront this upstart! Whosoever brings back my daughter to me shall be her husband!"
The remaining suitors give chase, but the princess knows all the secret ways, and she leads Jerome and Shandy out of the castle.
The King touches each of the suitors with his scepter -- the Wind mage, the Animal friend, the Mind reader, and Musician, and the Warrior.
The King says, "I will set you each in their path! You will confront them one by one! Surely one of you will stop them!"
As he touches each suitor, the suitor is magically transported far ahead of Jerome and the princess, between them and the border of the kingdom.
Meanwhile, Jerome, Shandy, and Palahandra have escaped the castle and are running through the thickets that grow around-abouts. They are on a path, but they see an old man whose beard is entangled in the thicket. He is quite trapped.
"I wish we could help that old man," Palahandra says, "but I fear the King is on our trail and we must run! run!"
In Bone Castle
The crowd immediately starts making bets on who will stop Jerome. The Hamleteers watching must surely wonder themselves about what will happen. If only there were some way for them to help their friends!
And even if Jerome wins free, what of their mission to retrieve the communication item? What of the wizard's treasure-seeking? What if the giants are not pleased with the end of the fairy tale? How will our Hamleteers prepare for that?
BUT! the wizard has had enough for one night! He draws the Tapestry closed, so that the company can wager and sleep!
Renik Friday December 24th, 2004 4:16:27 AM
"Be true to yourself and the tale Feng!" Renik shouts at the tapestry as the paladin encounters the entangled man. He is getting quite caught up in the excitement, and only wishes he had more money to wager. Then again, he thinks to himself, it's probably a good thing he doesn't.
Just a shame that Feng can't get that sceptre on his way out, it looks worth a pretty penny...
And then the game is done for the night. Turning to his companions as they leave he says "We are going to need a contingency plan if things turn nasty. We'll need to get out of here fast. I can get out under my own power, by turning invisible and flying out. How many more can say thye same? Arien, how many can you transport away? How many of you have your own strategems for escape? Once again, if we do get out we meet at the same rendezvous point as before. Let's not forget, before going anywhere I want to pick up Ivy."
Feng/ Jerome Friday December 24th, 2004 5:34:27 PM
He turns to Palahandra and says, "Princess this will take but a moment and if that moment is too much then we wouldn't escape anyway. We can't run through the night and while your knowledge of the palace is impressive he might know this area and help us slip through."
Jerome stepped forward and began to carefully extract the man from the thicket. "Just hold for one moment sir and you shall be free."
Cayzle OOC Friday December 24th, 2004 6:27:19 PM
With posting pretty slow during the holidays, go ahead and continue to post, oh ye Hamleteers, and the next DM turn will be Monday. Merry Xmas!
old man Saturday December 25th, 2004 8:05:37 PM
Help me.
Oh please help me.
This beard, it has forsaken me.
These words, from my mouth they seem strange to mine ears.
Thank you, young sir.
Feng/ Jerome Monday December 27th, 2004 10:39:41 AM
"It is no trouble sir. I'm just glad I could help. Best to find shelter. There are dangerous men out this night."
The Hunt Is On (Fourth Day) (DM Cayzle) Monday December 27th, 2004 5:15:11 PM
In Bone Castle
The next day -- the fourth day that the Hamleteers have enjoyed the giants' hospitatlity -- dawns bright and clear. Feeling restless, the giant chieftain invites everyone to a dire boar hunt.
If you choose to go, describe what you do on the hunt.
In the Tapestry
Feng, Rond, and the Old Man all share a strange sense of having met before. There is some link among these three, it seems clear. Even the princess picks up on it. "Do you know this old man?" she asks Jerome.
"But we must away!" she cries, and she is eager to get moving.
Draax Tuesday December 28th, 2004 1:17:58 AM
Draax joins the chieftain on the hunt. He decides to go with the group that is responsible for flushing out and directing the boar towards those desiring to be in on the kill.
Sarigar and Black Paws d20+30=37 d20+25=45 d20+19=31 Tuesday December 28th, 2004 9:04:05 AM
The brothers are willing to go on a hunt, but is more than a little leary of hunting with the giants, therefore, they will split off (Hide 37, Move Slient 45) on their own hunting trip (Survival 31) at their earliest convienence.
Feng/ Jerome Tuesday December 28th, 2004 9:46:52 AM
Jerome steps back and looks at the old man. He very well could know him in the real world but until they got out of the tapestry they would get no answer. He couldn't tell the old man who he is anymore than he could fly. At least he didn't think he could fly.
"I might and I might not. I really don't know. Sir you are welcome to travel with us but we are in a big hurry if you haven't already figured that out."
Tratain d20+9=16 Tuesday December 28th, 2004 11:48:46 AM
Tratain continues to watch the tapestry and everyone in the room checking to see if anymore money changes hands. (Spot 16)
Renik Tuesday December 28th, 2004 2:14:25 PM
Renik joins Draax on the hunt, but decides to stick with the hunting party. He does his best to get into conversation with the giants, to find out a little bit more about them and their camp. He tries particularly to get to speak with the king, figuring that any relationship he can forge is not going to hurt if events go awry later.
That evening he continues to watch the Tapestry events unfold, intrigued by the arrival of this new player. He nudges Arien and says "I wish there was something we could do to help. Other than filling the coffers of that Drow, of course."
The First Challenge (Fourth Day, Evening) (DM Cayzle) Tuesday December 28th, 2004 5:43:36 PM
At Bone Castle
The hunting party is a huge success. Drax organizes the flushers, and a half-dozen white-furred boars fall to the giants' spears. Renik does more talking than hunting, but his charming manners work to his advantage.
Renik, if you can make a Diplomacy or Gather Info check of 15, then Please Highlight to display spoiler: { You learn that the giant chief's younger son, Prince Hadram, is jealous of his father and older brother, Strahm/Storm.}
Renik, if you can make a Diplomacy or Gather Info check of 25, then Please Highlight to display spoiler: { You learn that Prince Hadram would love to kill his brother and father if he thought he could get away with it! He might be open to a deal if the party were to aid him. Especially if his brother died in the Tapestry.}
Sarigar brings down a Dire Boar of his own, and gains the amused praise of the giants in spades, when they fiind him with a dead beast that outweighs him by far!
That evening, at the feast of boar meat, there is a lively round of betting, mostly against our Hero, Jerome. Tratain sees the drwo mage in conversation with the giant chief. The drow seems a little flustered, as if he were himself a little confused -- maybe by the appearance of the old man.
In the Tapestry
Jerome, Shandy, the Old Man, and the Princess flee towards the border of the King's realm. They do not know that the King has put suitors in their path.
The first obstacle is the Mind Reader. Suddenly he is in the path before them. "Stop! Turn back!" he declares. "I know what you are trying to do! Your secrets are clear to me! You have no hope! Get back!"
Our heros begin to feel confused in their minds. Maybe this fellow is right? Maybe they should head back to the King?
At Bone Castle
The betting is fierce, but most place Jerome and Shady's odds at 50-50 to beat the mental wizard.
Renik d20+3=19 d20+5=7 Tuesday December 28th, 2004 6:59:39 PM
Diplomacy 19, Gather Info 7
Renik chats at length with the younger son of the king, Prince Hadram. He attempts to encourage the youngster to bet against his brother.
"Let me tell you Hadram, my older brother Tarl was a one. Though he was faster and stronger than me he was twisted. He was corrupt, wicked, and eventualy my father chose me over him to continue his work. I became his heir, not because I was first born (I wasn't), but because I was most deserving. Perhaps your own father should have done the same, for you strike me as a worthy and valiant son, unlike the ill-disciplined oaf I have seen failing challenges within the tapestry. It is hard when talent loses out to heredity."
The rogue is looking to stir up whatever mischief he can. The words of the rock troll have not been forgotten, and he reminds his companions of them. "There is no love lost between the various factions here. If you can it cannot hurt to stir up the rivalry between the groups in this camp. It may ultimately play to our advantage."
Draax Wednesday December 29th, 2004 2:47:56 AM
Draax has to admit to himself that he had a good time on the boar hunt and is enjoying himself while being guest of the giants. He is glad that Renik keeps reminding them of their goal or he would get lost in the activities. While watching the story he becomes intrigued by the appearance of the old man and wondered who he might be.
Arien Wednesday December 29th, 2004 3:15:18 AM
Arien watches the happenings with interest when the old man appears. After seeing the drow mage's reaction he wonders if perhaps the tapestry is completely under his control or if it is possible that another outside force is at work here.
old man Wednesday December 29th, 2004 4:12:36 AM
"How do we get out of the tapestry?" the old man looks confused.
"Have you seen my brother?" he asks with a bewildered look on his face.
"Do I know you two from somewhere?" says the old man as he sits down to scratch his head for a few moments.
scratch... scratch I must be getting well old scratch
Feng/ Jerome Wednesday December 29th, 2004 10:40:38 AM
Jerome was rather confused. Perhaps going back was the right thing to do. What was the point of trying if there was no hope in succeeding. If this man knew what he was trying to do then who...wait a minute. He had no idea what he was going to do. He had no idea how to get out of the tapestry or where he should go.
Jerome turns to the mind reader and says, "How can you know what I am going to do when I don't?"
Apologetic Cayzle Wednesday December 29th, 2004 6:22:12 PM
Gosh Darn It!
Sorry, Hamleteers! After chiding you all, I just HAVE to miss today! I'll post bright and early tomorrow! Sorry!
The First Defeat? (Fifth Day) (DM Cayzle) d100=2 d100=44 d20=18 d20=3 [random DM rolls] Thursday December 30th, 2004 8:38:19 AM
In Bone Castle
Engaged by Renik's opinions, the younger giant prince enjoys the small fellow's company much of the day. Hadram and his friends -- himself and four young "turks" of the clan -- greatly enjoy the tone of Renik's remarks.
At one point Hadram, who seems clever enough, says to Renik, "I wouldn't mind betting against Storm, but I can't do so openly. Here, my new friend, take this 2,000 gold and bet it on your pal for me, without telling anyone where you got the money."
Watching the Tapestry last night jiggled some memory in Drax, and he wonders over the next day about it. Something about that little old man ... maybe because he seems a little crazy, a little wild? Maybe something around the nose? He seems like someone who might be knowm to you.
Arien is sure that the Drow doesn't really know exactly what he is doing! For one thing, the power of this magic item is incredible. This is not mortal magic! But although Caunas Methar may be somewhat out of his league, it is clear that he has a better idea how it works than anyone else. Maybe the secrets are in that book the Drow carries with him behind the Tapestry. It occurrs to Arien that asking the Drow to make a change might serve to purposes: to aid his friends in the device, and to see how such changes are made. If only he could clearly spy behind the Tapestry during a viewing.
In the Tapestry
The old man and Jerome struggle against the confusing power of the mind reader. Shandy seems entirely daunted. The Princess, too, seems lost in doubt. Will our heroes be able to break free? How will they defeat him?
==========
[OOC: The end of this scene is in sight, friends. There are five suitors -- the Mind Reader, the Minstrel, the Wind Mage, the Animal Friend, and the Warrior. I want to make one post during the day at the Castle, and another for the night's activities (as I have generally been doing). That means about 8 more posts to win through to the border of the kingdom. That means you get two posts to defeat each suitor. If you do not, you will end up a prisoner of the King!
Your challenge is to play this like a free form, no-rules diceless role play game. Come up with a course of action, and describe it. Be creative! Hesitating gets you no where. Remember your strengths -- Jerome is a strong and clever knight, and probably the second best warrior in the kingdom; Shandy has keen eyes and notices thing; Old Man, see my e-mail. And the most important thing in a fairy tale -- our heroes have pure hearts and are noble, good, and kind!
The people outside the Tapestry have things to do, too! Consider ways to help your friends, either now, or when they emerge. Think ahead and plan for what might happen in 8 or 9 posts!
Cayzle]
Renik d20+13=27 Thursday December 30th, 2004 11:33:51 AM
Renik takes the money and nods seriously. "Willingly my friend. I only wish there was more I could do."
He hesitates, as if debating what he is about to say next. Then he turns back to Hadram and says "When the contestants emerge from the Tapestry I anticipate some bad blood. If Storm loses and my man wins there is likely to be an angry confrontation, from what I have seen of your brother. All I would say is... stand ready, my friend. Stand ready. We will see how things transpire, eh?"
Later the rogue speaks to Arien. "We need to see if we can effect the outcome of this adventure. To do that we need to get a closer look at what the wizard is up to. One of us must spy on him tonight. I suggest it be you, as you'll have a better grasp of any magical forces at work. Make yourself undetectable and see what you can discover. See if you can learn the secret of his power over the Tapestry. I'd also like you to investigate the feasability of killing the mage and taking his place on the final night. It may not be possible, but it cannot hurt to investigate all our options."
Next he speaks to Tratain. "Tratain, we will need to get Ivy out of the camp. Having been working with the slaves for several days now means you are best placed to determine a course of action without arousing suspicion. Make contact with her if you wish, see if she can offer any advice. When we leave we may need to leave fast, so we need to know that she is either already out or ready to go."
Then he speaks to Draax. "Draax, you seem to have been getting on pretty well with the people here. We know that there is no love lost between the sons of the king. I want you to find out, subtly, if there are any other divisions between these peoples we can exploit. Who hates who? Can we plant any scurrilous rumours that will stir up aggression? Find out what you can and report back."
"Sarigar, I want you to scout the camp. How many people of each race are here? How frequent are the guard patrols? What are their routes? Are there any blind spots within the castle? If we wanted to break out quietly which would be our best route? I want you to plan for a hurried departure, or a secretive one. Work out how we can best get out of here using stealth or violence."
He then tries to find Setanos, who he has not seen in some time.
That night the rogue places the 2000 on Feng to win, and speaks a while with the wizard.
"I'm intrigued sir. Are you able to alter the course of events from here outside the tapestry? Can you communicate with those within? How is such a thing posible? Surely you powers must be inhuman to tame such powerful magics!" (Bluff 27)
old man Thursday December 30th, 2004 2:35:02 PM
Filling his head with the confusion he truly feals the old man trys to pass the mind reader.
Arien d20+4=23 Friday December 31st, 2004 4:06:51 AM
Arien takes a moment at the start of the day to make some changes to the spells he has memorized for his little hiding game later on. Later during the feast Arien excuses himself saying he had to releave himself. As he steps outside he makes sure that no one is looking and quickly quaffs his potion of invisibility and slips back inside before the door closes. Back inside Arien moves over to behind the tapestry and positions himself so he can see what the drow wizard is up to while staying out of his way.
(Move Silently: 23)
0 Level: Detect Magic x2, Light, Read Magic x2 1st Level: Burning Hands, Magic Missile x5, Protection from Evil 2nd Level: Rope Trick, Scorching Ray x4, Extended Shield, Extended Mage Armor 3rd Level: Displacement, Dispel Magic, Fireball x2, Fly, Lightning Bolt 4th Level: Dimension Door x2, Evard's Black Tentacles, Ice Storm, Stone Skin 5th Level: Summon Monster V x2, Cone of Cold, Silent Dimension Door 6th Level: Chain Lightning x2, Veil
Tratain Friday December 31st, 2004 5:09:59 PM
Tratain Nods at Reniks Orders and begins to contemplate how best to carry them out. He suggests to Renik "If Arien needs to see how the tapestry magic works lets propose a small alteration of our own, Nothing big but perhapse the order in which the others confront Feng? Say, Storm Next and the bard last? That way maybe Feng will be able to get the bard to come along with them."
Tratain attempts to make contact with Ivy to see if she has an advice about how to free her and the other slaves.
Crazy Old Man! (Fifth Day, Evening) (DM Cayzle) Saturday January 1st, 2005 9:20:10 PM
In Bone Castle
As you had learned before, this Ivy works as a handmaid inside Bone Castle during the day. Tratain waits outside the castle as the shifts change, and he sees a few female halflings leaving in the evening. He approaches and talks to the one who turns out to be Ivy.
She is overjoyed at the idea of leaving her life of slavery and returning to Crescent Valley. "Oh, sir!" she says, "Please please save me! And if you can, save my friends as well! You seem to have a good heart, and are very powerful! Surely you can save a few small halflings?"
There is no more time to talk since she has to run off.
During the feast that evening, Renik talks to the drow mage. He admits that the magic of the Tapestry is very difficult to master. "The danger is that it will do things you do not expect!" he tells Renik.
He also says that he can alter the course of events, but that control is not certain. Is Renik interested in giving it a try?
Arien stations himself. After the feast, the drow stands behind the Tapestry with a big book. As the Tapestry begins, the drow seems to read from the book. Or maybe reading the book starts the Tapestry? The mage seems to consider writing in the book -- maybe changing something in it? -- but decides not to.
You Hamleteers note that the giant chief does not give the wizard any gold tonight. If you make a Sense Motive check vs DC 20, then Please Highlight to display spoiler: {Maybe he does not care about the outcome with the mind reader.}
In the Tapestry
The Story unfolds with the Mind Reader confusing our heroes. The brave Jerome is befuddled. Shandy starts to wander off. The Princess closes her eyes. But the Old Man starts to walk in circles. He circles the Mind Reader. Round and round he goes -- and his mind is as confused as his gait.
The Mind Reader, focusing on the Old Man, turns around and around, too. He says, "Your thoughts! So strange! So twisted. so mad ... "
The Mind Reader falls in a heap. The other three snap out of the trance, and quickle head on their way.
But within a short while, the breezes pick up, and the trees begin to sway back and forth. One great gust brows down a tree in your path. You see the Wind Mage standing before you. "I do not want to kill you, but you must turn back or face the wrath of the winds!"
What do you do?
[OOC: Shawn, did you get my e-mail? Please let me know.]
Sarigar and Black Paws Sunday January 2nd, 2005 4:47:05 PM
The brothers mainly just mill about during the night.
If allowed, they go outside the gates so they don't feel so cooped up. If not, they run about the compound as much as possible to keep active as the events in the "Magic Wall Blanket" and the political intrigue mean next to nothing to them. Sitting around is making them more than a little stir crazy.
Renik Sunday January 2nd, 2005 7:20:28 PM
The rogue speaks to Sarigar again. "Please, Sarigar, do as I bid you. We will need a route out of here, and you are best equiped to give us the information we require."
(OOC: Read your companions' posts, dude!)
Draax d20-1=6 d20+5=17 Monday January 3rd, 2005 1:01:50 AM
At Renik's suggestion, Draax decides to spend more time in the company of the giants. Listening, talking, and joking along with them. He even laughs at jokes directed at him. He has never been good at gathering information, but does the best he can (gather info 6).
Draax also watches for giants that gives the other giants hostile looks because he knows that the best way to find out how someone feels about another is to observe what looks they give the other when they think the other is not looking (spot check 17).
Tratain Monday January 3rd, 2005 10:26:41 AM
Tratain says to Renik "The only Options I see as far as rescuing Ivy go are to either wait until the events in the tapestry have concluded and use magic to transport just her away with us, between Arien and I I'm sure that we can transport all of us and Her to safety. The next Option is to bet the Giant King for the lives of the slaves, he may or may not be willing to do that. The Last option is to try to get teh younger giant to try and taek power and either escape with the slaves in the confusion, or hope he will give them to us."
Rond/Shandy Monday January 3rd, 2005 12:18:58 PM
(I'm back, and trying to catch up. I'm not aware that I got your e-mail.)
Seeing the Wind mage and his obvious control of said wind. Shandy looks around for a tunnel or some other form that would defeat a windy attack.
Arien Monday January 3rd, 2005 3:15:38 PM
Arien pulls Renik off to the side after he is done observing the mage. "I have an idea. It looks like the story is started by reading out of the book and possibly changed by writing in it. We could wait until before the final challenge and incapacitate the drow, then I can cast Veil and disguise one of us as the drow. The disguised person would come in and act like the drow of course. Since Storm will be the final challenge more than likely the king will try to change something. The person disguised as the drow can prevent Storm from getting an advantage, letting Feng succeed and of course, winning our bet. With the story over I imagine that everyone will pop out and we can grab the musician and take our leave."
Feng/ Jerome Monday January 3rd, 2005 4:59:21 PM
Jerome's eyes blink open and he spends several minutes clearing his head. Unbelievably the mentalist was down and another foe was right there to take his place. Would they not get a moments rest? Jerome draws his sword and begins circling the wind mage forcing him to keep turning or provide him with an opening.
Plans are Begun (Sixth Day) (DM Cayzle) Monday January 3rd, 2005 7:19:16 PM
In Bone Castle
Or actually, *around* Bone Castle! Sarigar and Black Paws race around the grounds, letting off steam. They seem too nervous to pay attention to Renik, but maybe tomorrow they'll be able to concentrate better on their "leader"!
Draax spends some time with the giants. They seem mostly bored and full of nervous energy, like Sarigar. But instead of running around, they tend to hit each other and get into wrestling matches. There are a few laughs at his jokes, but he is not sure if they get the jokes or are laughing at him. He does realize that there are two factions, and one is led by the younger prince, Hadram, and his four cronies. The two factions keep an eye on each other.
Tratain and Renik find a private place and make their plans. A number of good ideas are bandied about. Arien joins then and offers a few more very interesting ideas.
In the Tapestry
Jerome steps forward bravely, holding his shield and sword ready. The Princess gasps, and the Old Man stares. The Wind Mage gestures, and a wind jabs at Jerome! He parries with his shield and slices with sword, but the mage pushes him back! The mage is respectful of the hero's weapon, but seems able to hold him back.
Trusty Shandy, however, uses his keen eyes to look around. He sees that the wind tears at the trees and bushes all around. But the wind cannot penetrate the thicket behind the Wind Mage! If it were possible to push the magician into the thicket, maybe his winds would not be able to save him? But how to get him there?
Draax Tuesday January 4th, 2005 2:50:33 AM
Draax reports back to Renik, "I did not find out anything that we did not already know, but I was able to identify a few giants from each faction. A couple of he-said-she-said might get a few fights started."
Draax continues to spend time with the giants and will try to instigate a conflict whenever members of the two factions use each other to get rid of some nervous energy. He will add comments like 'Wow! I bet he felt that one,' or 'He hit him like he was a woman.'
Renik d20+19=29 d20+21=30 Tuesday January 4th, 2005 6:52:16 AM
The rogue nods to Draax. "Do what you can. Also it might be worth seeing if there is any schism between the different races. The rock troll we met seemed to suggest there was friction, so perhaps we can exploit that."
To Arien he says, "I like the plan. I was thinking along those lines too. I have only one reservation that we need to overcome. How can we take out the mage without raising the alarm? We will need to catch him away from his bodyguards, and take him down instantly. Do you have any thoughts on how we might achieve that?"
Renik will observe the mage for a time, checking to see if he is vulnerable at any point. (As many uses of invisibility wand as required, Move Silent and Hide 29, 30 if required).
To Tratain he says, "Hmm, I'm pretty sure none of those options are going to be easy. We could come up with some fabrication that plays off the betting angle though. I think all of the slaves is too great a bet, they would never honour it. But if we made a bet where we get any one slave of our choice if we win, we could wander the slave camp and select Ivy seemingly at random. Pretend that one of of us takes a shine to her, or that we want someone to act as a slave who will be easy to control, and who can cook our meals. That might work. I'm sure I can feed them a line of blarney they'll swallow. Of course we still have the other slaves to worry about, but I think we will have to deal with that problem later. What do you think? And do we have any more cash with which to place a bet? I still have 225 gold of group funds, it's not much but it might be enough."
old man Tuesday January 4th, 2005 7:19:32 AM
Success!
The old man stares in surprise.
What to do now he wonders.
Shawn Tuesday January 4th, 2005 7:21:41 AM
I have very limited access to the net right now. My room mate is on twenty four seven and it is their connection. I'll check my e-mails from the library tomorrow.
Rond/Shandy Tuesday January 4th, 2005 9:44:18 AM
Knowing that his trusty knight is not without cause. Shandy pipes up , "Sir Knight, please charge with all your might. Yon thicket is where you could end the fight."
Sarigar and Black Paws d20+14=21 d20+14=28 d20+1=17 Tuesday January 4th, 2005 11:09:19 AM
Having had time to work off some of their nervous energy, the brothers take on Renik's task of trying to find either a subtle or overt way out of the castle. Still feeling trapped within the bleak stone walls, any chance they get to get outside is more than welcome to them however.
They watch the patrols (Spot 21) for possible breaks in the pattern that might allow them to slip out undetected. They scour the inner walls for any kind of exit, be it an actual hole or as mundane as sewer drain (Spot 28). They prefer the idea of a stealthy route, but their anxiety is drifting them more to the "path of violence" in getting out of here when the time comes.
Not one for numbers beyond 1, 2 and "more than us", counting the prisoners and the races of each is a bit of a daunting task, but they do what they can (Int check 17 to keep such information square in his head).
Feng/ Jerome Tuesday January 4th, 2005 12:21:06 PM
Ah trusty Shandy Jerome thought with a smile on his face. He was hoping Shandy would come up with something to aid him. Fighting the winds Jerome holds his ground and wiats for the lull in the gust. Even the strongest winds cannot blow forever. Jerome holds and waits, fighting the wind that was pushing him back little by little. As the winds died Jerome acted. The pause could be for a minute or a moment and Jerome had no idea but he could not wait any longer. His mighty arm pulled back and then forward with all his strength. His blade hurled end over end toward the wind mage. Jerome took a few steps to his left and charged, shield in front. There was no way he could just push the mage back. He needed to keep the winds off of him. If he caught the wind mage off guard then hopefully he would panic. Either the sword would end him or it would give him the time he needed to entrap the wind mage.
Tratain Tuesday January 4th, 2005 11:27:09 PM
Tratain says to Renik, "I have 1000 gold we can use if we want to try the betting angle. Also some items if we need more. Let me know if you want it."
Winds in Thickets (Sixth Day, Evening) (DM Cayzle) Wednesday January 5th, 2005 12:20:17 AM
In Bone Castle
Through dint of careful observation, Renik discovers that the drow mage takes an afternoon meditation alone each day in his house. At all other times, a drow follower is nearby.
Draax starts a fight easily, but it goes no further than fisticuffs. Getting these to draw each other's blood would take a more clever approach.
Sarigar thinks he could guide the group out safely and quietly if there is no hue and cry. Under pursuit, maybe.
Tratain considers how best to use some gold.
In the Tapestry
Guided by Shandy, Jerome forces the Wind Mage back back into the thickets, where his winds are broken by the branches and thorns.
Then Jerome makes great swings, and he cuts through the mage's broken defenses. Soon the mage is dead.
The group pauses and then moves on.
In the distance, up ahead, you hear wolves.
Arien Wednesday January 5th, 2005 3:59:04 AM
"Hmm the real question is if we want to kill the drow or to just incapacitate him. I could probably take him out quickly if I caught him unprepared. Perhaps I could dimension door us into his room and several of us could take him." Arien pauses a moment before adding, "I know that attacking him like that wouldn't be the most honorable of deeds and that Feng would object but well, sometimes there are just things you have to do whether you like it or not. Anyway I say we kill him, I can teleport out with the body after casting veil on whomever wants to take the drow's place then come back after hiding the body."
Sarigar and Black Paws Wednesday January 5th, 2005 12:35:36 PM
After scouting a potential escape route, the brothers key Renik in on it privately. Afterwards, they take to being as free as they can make themselves in this dismal place. Surrounded by stone walls and watched by members of a race that hunted his pack for sport does not sit easy with them.
More than once they've thought about just leaving, but abandoning their new pack just won't happen. Attempting to kill a giant or two has also crossed their mind, but seeing as that would be tantamount ot suicide, it's dismissed as well. So, they content themselves as best as possible by moving about the compound as freely as they are able so help alleviate their feelings of being trapped.
Old man Wednesday January 5th, 2005 3:36:05 PM
A light shines in the old man's eyes.
His hairy beard twitches as the old man exposes the few teeth left in his wrinkled old mouth.
Grrrr...
Rond/Shandy Wednesday January 5th, 2005 3:47:18 PM
"Job well done Sir Knight. Let us see if the Wind Mage has a Magic Lamp, or Genie that we might be able to use."
Shady does his best to look around the area for any tools that they can use. Including any hints as a way to proceed from where they are.
Feng/ Jerome Wednesday January 5th, 2005 5:08:32 PM
"Great now what?" Jerome says almost dejectedly. "Can the King turn the very animals against us? How is everybody doing? Still holding up I hope." Jerome draws his sword and takes the lead hoping to draw the wolves to him.
Renik Wednesday January 5th, 2005 5:44:12 PM
To Arien Renik says, "How can we ensure that the mage has no chance to call for help? Once the alarm is raised the game is up. Might Silence work? Once the deed were done I'd say you would be the best choice to take the mage's place. In the meantime I recommend that you continue your surveillance of the mage, and learn as much as you can about the workings of his book."
He says to Tratain, "Why not suggest a 500GP bet against a slave to the Giant king tonight?"
He thanks Sarigar for his findings, and smiles as the wild man heads away for more open spaces.
After that his attention returns once more to the events within the tapestry.
Fights With Wolves (Seventh Day) (DM Cayzle) Thursday January 6th, 2005 12:58:09 AM
In Bone Castle
During the day, the Hamleteers think about how to quickly surprise and defeat the Drow mage. He seems powerful -- more powerful than any one of you, most likely -- so whatever tactic is used had better work immediately!
The plan to impersonate him with the Veil spell may work -- so long as there's no need to speak Undercommon!
Sarigar struggles with the constraints of this place, but it does seem to him that he is not the only one who would like to fight a gaint. Not only do the giants wrestle and bash each other, but the derro (the dwarf-like folk) seem ready to fight someone too. Especially after the Wind Mage is killed -- see below.
In the Tapestry
As the Wind Mage dies, he fades out of the Tapestry. He reappears in Bone Castle, grieviously wounded.
The heroes move on the path, and are faced by Calimenes, the Animal Friend, and his pack of wolves -- the suitor orders the wolves to attack!
Shandy notices that one of the wolves, in the lead, is bigger. Jerome is ready to fight, but that sword won't save them alone. The old man seems disturbed. What will they do?
Betting is heavy against our heroes!
Arien Thursday January 6th, 2005 2:12:47 AM
"If you want I will, though I am loathe to assume the countenance of a drow. Another idea as well. We can all see that moods are on edge here. Perhaps a dead giant or derro can cause tempers to flare past where it has gone so far. Or perhaps we could just kill the drow and plant some evidence that it was done by one of the groups on his body to cause more tension. I would suggest the derro since their contender just lost and they seem angry about that."
Draax Thursday January 6th, 2005 2:19:11 AM
Draax listens to the suggestions and cannot come up with any alternative ideas. He does give his opinion about attacking the drow. "Before we attack the drow we will have to make sure that his two companions are occupied and that the three of them do not have any way to communicate with each other. I have heard that drow can communicate with their hands, but I have not noticed anything during my short experience with them. And if they do have some secret hand language at least they will have to see each other to communicate."
Draax continues to spend time with the giant and inquires about if the giants will let him go on patrol with them.
Rond/Shandy d20+11=19 d20+8=23 Thursday January 6th, 2005 3:16:37 AM
Having learned a little bit about the wolf, and this being a some kind of fantasy magic. Rond/Shandy says to the biggest of the wolves, "Master Wolf. This woman has chosen this Knight to be her protector. He has not done anything to endanger your pack. Your friend Calimenes desires this woman. Let him challenge this Knight in one on one combat. For I fear much of your pack would be killed or injured." (Handle animal 19 Knowledge (Nature) 23) (ooc source book not easily avail. I rolled those two rolls because they suggested themselves to me. The speech is what I chose to write for the PG version of things. What I believe I would have said would have been something more along the lines of getting the two leaders to square off against each other, rather than endanger the pack.)
Sarigar and Black Paws Thursday January 6th, 2005 12:18:23 PM
The brothers continue to regain what freedom they can from this place while awake, and take frequent naps so as to stay fresh most of the time.
Renik Thursday January 6th, 2005 2:30:14 PM
While the party plot to take out the drow mage, the rogue keeps a good eye on events around him. He tries to get an idea of how tough the Drow bodyguards might be.
He suggests to Draax that Sarigar and they might be able to work to cause some disruption between the derro and giants.
"Arien is right; murder with signs that the other faction was involved might work to our advantage. We even might combine it with our escape plan; if we could kill the mage, win the tapestry game, then return to the mage's quarters with the tapestry and escape, we might cover our trail by pinning the blame on the derro. Leave one dead at the mage's home, perhaps, or leave a sign that they had been there. With luck the factions will turn upon each other."
Renik keeps an eye out for something uniquely derro he might steal, which could concievably be dropped at the site of a conflict. A knife, perhaps, or cloak and clasp.
Feng/ Jerome Thursday January 6th, 2005 5:25:55 PM
Jerome holds his sword tightly and watches the wolves around them. There were many of them and he didn't think that he could take them all. Best case scenario is that some of them live. Hopefully the pack leader would listen to Shandy.
Tratain Friday January 7th, 2005 10:48:27 AM
Tratain takes Renik's advice and approaches the Giant King. He says, "I would like to make a wager, Sir King: 500 Gold against one of your slaves of My choosing that Feng Triumphs."
Stalemated By Wolves (Seventh Day, evening) (DM Cayzle) Friday January 7th, 2005 9:02:13 PM
At Bone Castle
Arien, Draax, and Renik agree that framing the Derro would be a great way to add chaos to the endgame.
Renik remembers that the Derro are merchants with magic potions to sell. Maybe one of those would serve. If he can make an Int check or Gather Info check vs DC15, then Please Highlight to display spoiler: {The Derro also had a few vials of distinctive poison among their wares.}
Renik notes that the drow followers are always armored and seem ready for a fight.
At the feast, Draax asks about going on a patrol, and the young prince is glad to have him aboard! "I know where some wild bears are nesting. Maybe you could fight one for us!" The other giants laugh and agree that a little fellow fighting a bear would be funny.
The Derro are surly and wild, and their leader lays at death's door. Some magic is on him, and despite curing potions, lays asleep. The Drow mage suggests that he will awake when the Tapestry story is done.
Tratain makes a side bet with the king, who seems willing, but wants to know which slave and why. "Have your eye on one? A female, I bet!"
In the Tapestry
The Alpha Wolf listens to Shandy, head cocked. He barks once in assent, and the rest of the pack circles around.
The huge wolf lunges for Jerome. Jerome parries and strikes out, but misses. So it goes ... lunge, parry, counter.
But the two fighters are evenly matched. The animal mage shouts his wolf on. The princess calls her encouragement to Jerome. But the fight is deadlocked.
The evening's Tapestry entertainment ends unresolved. What will break the stalemate?
Renik d20+2=3 d20+5=15 d20+21=31 d20+19=28 d20+21=23 d20+19=35 d20+5=22 Sunday January 9th, 2005 6:14:08 PM
Though it does not occur to him at once, some careful eavesdropping reminds Renik that the Derro carry distinctive poisons that may suit their purposes perfectly. (Gather Info 15)
He suggests to his companions that they leave a poison vial badly hidden in the mage's quarters, along with a spilled drink beside his body. This should point the finger of suspicion without having to get entangled in a second killing.
Renik does his best to steal one of the poison vials, using all his stealth and guile (Hide 31, Move Silent 28, will use invisibility, flight and blinking if required) to assist him in his theft.
Afterwards he says to his companions "Could somebody join me in observing the lizard folk? We need to see if there is any obvious rivalry between them and another group here. We lack the strength to take this fort down, but if we can get the factions here to turn on one another we may free those slaves yet."
Renik will use invisibility to eavesdrop the lizardfolk, chat with both the lizardfolk and the other groups about them (entirely innocently of course), in an attempt to determine what they want, who they hate, who hates them and so on (Hide 23, Move Silent 35, Gather Info 22).
The beginnings of a truly devious plan are beginning to take form in the rogue's head. A great deal will fall to chance, but it is just possible, if events play out favourably, that they can make it seem as if the king's son has allied himself with the derro in an attempt to seize control of the fort and the tapestry. If they can somehow involve the lizardfolk in the intrigue, make it seem as if they too seek to steal the tapestry, and so set each faction at the others' throats...
He continues to plot and scheme, fully aware that all these machinations may be for naught if any random factor throws them even slightly off course.
Draax Sunday January 9th, 2005 9:55:57 PM
Draax laughs along with the giants, "No I like to eat bear, not have the bear eat me. I am one of those small weak people who like to shoot at things with my little bow. Now if you find a little rabbit or chipmunk for me to fight that would be wonderful" he says while laughing.
Draax agrees with the plan to put the blame on the derro. If he is allowed to go on the patrol with the prince he will make a comment about the derro really being upset with his father about what is happening with the tapestry.
Feng/ Jerome Monday January 10th, 2005 2:15:19 AM
He was caught offguard by the initial assault by the large wolf. He should have known the mage would have chosen the wolf as his champion. Jerome spent several long minutes baiting the wolf, testing his speed and intuition. While the wolf easily avoided his blade it didn't seem so concerned with his shield. So the next time, and each time after, the wolf lunged Jerome bashed the wolf in the face with his shield before swiping with his sword.
Tratain Monday January 10th, 2005 11:34:58 AM
Tratain says to the King "Aye, but not for the reasons your thinking. My Comrade Feng made a promise to a Halfling Lad that we would try to find his lady who was lost in these mountains a while ago. I think ive found her among your slaves so I will help him keep his word."
Sarigar and Black Paws d20+30=47 d20+25=36 d20+30=50 d20+25=28 Monday January 10th, 2005 12:58:23 PM
The brothers watch over the other "guests" from a distance and as out of sight as they can (Hide 47, Move Silent 36). They watch them with the eyes of a hunter, looking for the weakest link that they might be able to exploit when the time comes.
When it is not possible for them to watch over the "guests" they will watch over the slaves (Hide 50, Move Silent 28). , keying in on which are the strongest. If it comes down to it, the slaves may have to fight for their freedom, and the brothers want to know who will be of the most help.
Rond/Shady Monday January 10th, 2005 6:30:33 PM
So as to relieve suspicion on his own part, Shady moves over to protect the Princess. He continues to look alert, to see if he can figure out anything to help the Knight.
Fencing Continues (Eighth Day) (DM Cayzle) d100=86 d100=42 d100=40 d20+10=21 Tuesday January 11th, 2005 12:05:45 AM
In Bone Castle
Renik can't help but think that if he had only studied pick-pocketing in rogue school, he would have a much better chance to slip a vial of poison in his pocket. As it is, he has to hang out and wait for a moment when a derro sets down a vial and leaves it unattended. Renik waits for such an opportunity ... and waits ... and waits ... but the derro never quite give him the opportunity. Maybe tomorrow Renik's luck will change, if he tries again. He is lucky, though, in that he escapes detection.
Undaunted by this setback, Renik tries to learn more about the snake people. He talks with a female, Ssakkar-rie. The snake folk have been guests of the giants the longest. Ssakkar-rie says the group is an emissary from a remote citadel of snake people deep in the Scab sent to bring back news of the outside world. The female seems a little nervous.
If Renik can make a Sense Motive check vs DC15, then Please Highlight to display spoiler: {She seems to have a secret.}
If Renik can make a Diplomacy check vs DC15, then Please Highlight to display spoiler: {She tells Renik that she wants to steal the Tapestry, and wants to know if he and his group will help. If so, what would he want in return?}
Drax goes on a patrol with the young Prince, and attempts to sow a few seeds of discontent -- please make a Bluff Check or a Diplomacy Check, whichever is better.
The giant chief laughs at Tratains motives, but is satisfied by the wager. "I'll take that bet, then! It will be a pleasure to take your gold!"
Sarigar identifies a few of the slaves as the best fighters -- these seem to be the ones that the giants have set as overseers -- a couple gnolls, a half-orc, a couple humans.
Sarigar determines that the predawn and dawn hours are when the fewest guests and giants are about. Most folk sleep in after the night's revelries.
In the Tapestry
The princess screams as the huge wolf lunges at Jerome. "Oh, Noble Knight! Protect us!"
By now both Jerome and the Wolf are bloodied, but still not weary. They circle each other and look for openings. They seem evenly matched -- Jerome will have to get help or figure out a way to break the stalemate soon!
Shandy notes that the old man seems transfixed and silent! The loyal squire also sees that the Animal Mage is concentrating very fiercely and intently on the fight.
Arien Tuesday January 11th, 2005 1:21:21 AM
During the day Arien strolls by the mage's house as casually as he can he stops a moment as if to inspect something interesting on the ground, crouching down he casts detect magic and concentrates on the mage's house. Once Arien is satisfied that he's seen all he could he kicks the dirt about a moment then continues he stroll until he finds Renik and lets him know what he found.
Sarigar and Black Paws d20+15=35 d20+14=28 d20+29=48 d20+25=43 Tuesday January 11th, 2005 10:46:56 AM
Satisfied with his assessment of his prey (guests) and potential temporary packmates (slaves), he focuses his attention on the guards of this place (giants).
Stalking his prey (Hide 49, Move Silently 43), he looks for the strongest and weakest among them (Spot 35 (nat 20), Listen 28) and if each type seems to be concentrated in any particular area of the compound.
ooc: The Spot check is for the obvious visible problems likes wounds, limps, etc. The Listen check is for hearing those subtle groans or joint pops that might indicate a cronic condition that might be exploited. And oops on the Hide roll, hit +29 instead of +30 by mistake (adjusted in my text).
Renik makes friendly conversation with Ssakkar-rie, but although he gets the feeling she is hiding something he is unable to put her sufficiently at ease to learn what it might be.
He suggests they join the next hunting party together, hoping he will get further opportunity to uncover any secrets.
Renik resolves to be patient, and continues to wait for the perfect opportunity to swipe a vial of poison (Hide 36, Move Silent 31, Sleight of Hand 25 if pickpocketing skills are the only way he can succeed).
Draax d20-1=10 Tuesday January 11th, 2005 11:30:18 PM
While on patrol Draax says to the prince in a nonchalant manner, "It's a pretty diverse group of races you host in the keep. I am really enjoying the show at night, especially watching how upset the derro seem to be getting. I think the fact that you giants could crush the rest of us anytime you wanted is the only thing that is keeping the peace." (Diplomacy check 10).
Draax figured even if the prince does nothing he will at least start noticing the derro's behavior.
Friends, like Jerry said, the game cannot continue with such poor posting. Only four people posted today. Look, I'm sorry if I am not running as engaging a module as you might like, but I have thought about it and hope that the next one will be more action oriented. But there may not be a next one if Jerry makes the game inactive because the players don't care enough to post. After all the Windhorn Hamleteers have been through over the years, it seems a shame to me to give it up now!
In Bone Castle
Renik bides his time and -- at last -- the moment arrives! He is able to palm a vial of poison, and he thinks he was unobserved, too.
Arien detects magic in the house, for sure. If he can make a spellcraft check vs DC16, then Please Highlight to display spoiler: {He has the definate idea that there is some abjuration magic in place in the drow's house -- a protection of some sort.} If Arien can make a spellcraft check vs DC21, then Please Highlight to display spoiler: {He thinks it is an Alarm of some kind, either the spell or an item or trap that uses Alarm as a trigger.}
Sarigar's efforts bear fruit. He learns that there are 20 fighting giants in the castle. More (females, kids) stay out of sight. The young prince's faction has a total of five to seven giants. None of the giants seem to have any spell casting abilities.
The Giant Prince, Hadram, is receptive to Drax. "The time is coming when I will need friends to fight on my side. Will the Derro join me in their anger at my father? Will you and your friends fight with me?"
In the Tapestry
Our heroes are unable to counter the wolves. They stand about fecklessly, and disaster befalls. The Alpha Wolf trips Jerome, and he falls. Immediately the Wolf is at his throat, ready to make a kill. But he does not do so -- the beast awaits the order from his friend.
The Animal Friend instead walks forward. "Surrender now, Knight, and come with me to beg the mercy of the King!"
"Oh!" shouts the Princess.
Tratain Wednesday January 12th, 2005 1:41:42 AM
Tratain Watches the Tapestry, trying to figure out how Feng will get out of this mess.
Arien d20+22=37 d20+22=31 Wednesday January 12th, 2005 3:49:25 AM
Arien tells Renik that there is some sort of alarm type spell within the mage's residence that would trigger a trap of some sort. Arien theorizes that if could be on the book used for the tapestry or perhaps its container.
When watching the tapestry Arien wonders if they won't have to accelerate their plans to keep Feng alive.
(Spellcraft: 37 and 31 accordingly)
Renik Wednesday January 12th, 2005 6:11:09 AM
"Arien, are you aware of any way for me to bypass the alarm, other than by being very, very careful? Do you know if a Non-Detection potion will prevent it from registering my presence?" asks the rogue.
He informs the others that he has succeeded in stealing the poison, but wonders if the warriors in the Tapestry are going to be able to keep going. They seem precariously close to failure.
(OOC: Come on, Tapestry guys, use some lateral thinking. Think outside the box! Bashing these wolves won't work, and doing nothing won't work either. There are 3 of you in there, any one of you can get us past this hurdle. It's a fairy tale, think what happens in fairy tales and make it happen. This part is not D&D, remember, but freeform invention. Use your imaginations, the success of the team's mission rests on you!)
Feng/ Jerome Wednesday January 12th, 2005 9:38:17 AM
"I'll never surrender." Jerome says with conviction. Surrendering would be giving up and that he won't do. Normally he would offer prayers to the gods at this moment but there were no gods here. So Jerome prayed to the next thing he could think of...the land itself. He prayed silently to the land, to protect the pricess, all that was good and right in this land. He asked the Forest to rise up and scatter the wolves so they may continue on their journey.
OOC: I would have went after the mage but Jerome wasn't aware of the link between the Mage's concentration and the wolves strength. While I know of fairy tales Feng would know very little. I'm thinking from his perspective.
Sarigar and Black Paws d20+30=33 d20+25=29 d20+15=27 Wednesday January 12th, 2005 11:22:55 AM
Satisfied with their assessments of the various strengths and weaknesses of the various beings here, they start to focus on the strengths and weaknesses of the compound itself. Particularly on the patrol routes of the giants, such as the walkways on the walls (Hide 33, Move Silently 29, Spot 27, No knowledge of architecture or stonework unfortunately but they can look to see if anything is loose when the giants step on it).
If there seem to be any loose patches that he might help become looser so that a giant takes a tumble, they'll keep that in mind. His thinking is if he can indirectly wound a giant, he'll make it a weak point in the defenses should such a thing be needed. This is not unlike a pack of wolves making prey run until it's too tired to defend itself, allowing the pack to move in for the kill.
Rond/Shady Wednesday January 12th, 2005 12:20:08 PM
(ooc Tues evenings are not my good time to post for an evening post. I have rehearsals, and then I'm usually really tired late into the night. I was going to have Rond slap the mage and try to distract him, but I didn't get a chance to post)
Having missed his chance to catch the Animal Friend in the act. Shady says, "Foul, I cry Foul. It was an uneven match, due to some trickery. Were you a true friend to these wolves, you would have let him stand on his own, or even done the deed on your own, as any true leader would."
Draax d20=11 Wednesday January 12th, 2005 9:21:04 PM
Draax rubs his chin as if he was in deep thought, "Hmm, I do not know about the Derro, I am sure they would join you with the right incentive. I am pretty sure that me and my friends would join you, but I will have to confirm that with our leader. We definitely will not side with your father, but before we would take arms against him we will need to know what is in it for us."
Draax looks at the prince trying to read his true intentions. He thinks to himself that the release of most if not all of the slaves would be a good thing to bargain for, but could they trust the prince (Sense motive 11).
When he is back with the others the half-elven warrior tell them of the prince's proposal.
"If we do decide to do more that just start them fighting and secretly finish our mission during the chaos. We might be able to bargain with the prince for the prisoners. I do not know if we can trust him, but even if we cannot, most of the giants will be dead or wounded and I would rather take on the survivors to free the slaves instead of the whole keep."
A Noble Appeal (Ninth Day) (DM Cayzle) Wednesday January 12th, 2005 11:18:04 PM
In Bone Castle
Arien suspects that the Alarm is set to go off if a guarded object is moved, perhaps, or if a tiny or bigger creature enters an area without speaking the password. He thinks that the Alarm would not be fooled by illusion or invisibility or nondetection, but it would be fooled by being ethereal or smaller than Tiny. A rogue with an excellent Disable Device might be able to disarm it.
Renik plots and watches the Tapestry intently.
Sarigar looks for a weak point in the fort's architecture, but does not see anything notable. The construction is crude, though, and would be fairly easy to scale.
Draax senses that the young prince can be trusted so long as the prince feels he is getting the good end of the bargain. The giant chief's son tells Draax that he could have his pick of a dozen slaves and 5,000 gold for his help.
In The Tapestry
The suitor laughs at Shandy. "I would put aside my friends when your hero puts aside his arms and armor! I have won!"
As he gloats, Jerome offers a prayer. But not just any prayer. He does not pray for himself, or for his own victory. He prays for the Princess, and for what's right and good! His noble prayer is not unanswered.
Jerome feels great strength and vigor -- righteousness -- fill his being. He leaps up and lays into the wolves! The beasts attack! But whenever they leap at Shady, the Princess, or the Old Man, Jerome is there to protect them. They bite at him, they nip and tear! But in his desire to do the right thing, Jerome feels none of it!
After a short time, the wolves are defeated, dead, or scattered. The Animal Friend flees. But at last, Jerome also drops to his knees. He is bloody and victorious, but badly wounded.
Tratain Thursday January 13th, 2005 12:48:52 AM
Tratain continues to watch the tapestry and listening to what the other say. He agrees with Arien, they may need to speed the plan up in order to rescue those inside.
He says to Renik "Do you think the mage would let another person enter? Or if we get rid of him we can send in another to aid Feng and Rond. We would have to write them in in an apropriate part, maybe a wandering healer or some such."
Arien Thursday January 13th, 2005 3:21:42 AM
"Its difficult to say for sure, remember that he knew when you entered his room the last time so I have a feeling its keyed to go off as a mental alarm when anyone goes into his room. If we were able to go ethereal for a time we should be able to get in the room without it going off, we could then phase back in and attack."
When watching the tapestry Arien breathes a silent sigh of relief when Feng battles off the wolves and their master.
Feng/ Jerome Thursday January 13th, 2005 9:38:02 AM
Small rivers of blood run over the ground, staining the green grass red. His breaths were deep and labored though Jerome was just glad to be taking them. He reached down to pick up his sword but his fingers couldn't quite close around the hilt. Several minutes later Jerome lifted the sword, slowly sheathing it.
"We.... we ah.... need to be going now." Jerome says weakly and with much effort.
Renik d20+3=18 d20+3=19 d20+5=14 d20+3=5 d20+3=16 d20+5=14 Thursday January 13th, 2005 9:46:38 AM
The rogue applauds Feng's triumph over the beast master, but is concerned at his injuries. "Is there anything we can do to cure him?" he asks the mage. "My friend suggested a wandering healer. Would that be allowed?
Talking to Draax later Renik says "It sounds as if he is seriously considering a coup. This could certainly play to our advantage. Let us remain neutral for now, but in the meantime let me discuss matters with the Derro. If we can act to create alliances without becoming directly involved ourselves we will be in a better position to play sides off each other when the time comes.
He also speaks to Arien. "I am not that skilled in disabling magical traps. Would you be able to make me ethereal? And if you could would I be able to end the effect myself, or would you need to do it? Could you end the effect from a distance, if I requested it telepathically?"
He attempts to speak with the dwarves and learn more about their motivations. Then, if he feels it safe, he very gently probes them to see how they might lean were a power shakeup to occur, and how much that leaning might cost. He will be very careful not to overstep the bounds (Sense Motive 18, Diplomacy 19, Gather Info 14).
Then he goes back to Ssakkar-rie and asks her again if she will join him on a hunt. Either way he will continue to try to draw her out (Sense Motive 5, Diplomacy 16, Gather info 14).
Sarigar and Black Paws Thursday January 13th, 2005 12:52:02 PM
With not much more they can do, the brothers again look for ways to regain their "freedom". They've been in this place too long and it's beginning to take a toll on their spirits.
It's becomming obvious that a state of depression is starting to overcome them. Their shoulder's and haunches are rounded and sloped, their heads are hanging lower with each passing day.
Draax Thursday January 13th, 2005 9:46:03 PM
Draax agrees with Renik about staying neutral for the time being. "I agree we should let them fight it out while we do our own thing, but his offer of the slaves have me wanting to give him a hand or at least make him think that we are helping him. Once this mission is done I think that most of us planned to find someway to free the slaves and this could be a head start. I will ask him as a couple of questions to avoid giving him a definite answer and to see what his plans are for the drow and the tapestry."
When he gets a chance to talk to the prince Draax says, "My leader finds your offer generous, but there are a few things that he would like to know. The drow is a pretty good wizard if what my comrades say is true. What are your plans for him, his bodyguards and the tapestry?"
Storm On The Horizon (Ninth Day, Evening) (DM Cayzle) Friday January 14th, 2005 12:39:15 AM In Bone Castle
During the day, Renik sounds out the snake-woman who heads the group of reptilians. She reveals that she wants the Tapestry for herself, and wants the group's aid in getting it. What would Renik want in return?
The drow mage, Caunas Methar, says that the game is almost over, and Tratain can enter the next game if he wants. Not this one.
Arien thinks about it, and considers that a well-place successful Dispel Magic might deactivate the alarm as well.
Talking with Draax, the young giant prince expresses his scorn of the drow mage. "He is a cowardly entertainer. In a fight he would run away. I need warriors at my side, like you! The Drow can buy his freedom afterward, I think."
Sarigar, even through his melancholy, smells tension and violence in the air. He notes more fist fights between giants.
That evening, the feasting and excitement around the Tapestry is higher than ever.
In the Tapestry
Supported by loyal Shandy, Jerome limps on towards the border out of the kingdom, followed by the princess and the old man. The princess helps from time to time, and her tears are as great a balm to Jerome as her touches.
But before too long, there is no mistaking the hulk in the trail ahead. It is Storm, the best fighter in the land. And Jerome is still very wounded! The Tapestry closes for the night with the outcome unresolved.
Betting is very high against the heroes.
[OOC: Spellcasters, please post your prepared spells before Day Ten begins.]
Feng/ Jerome Friday January 14th, 2005 9:48:16 AM
Jerome pushes Shandy and the Princess aside and stands under his own power for the first time in hours. Jerome draws his blade and to much suprise, holds it firmly in his hands. He thought about using his shield but both hands were needed for the sword so his shield remained on his back. Even at full strength Jerome didn't know if he could win against Storm in a fight but perhaps he wouldn't have to. This was a strange land and the unusual can happen. Maybe they could get out of this if they played their cards right.
Tratain Friday January 14th, 2005 11:37:57 AM
Tratain wanders around the compound Helping the slaves like normal wait for the signal from Renik to see if they are going to enact thier plan agaist the Mage today.
Arien Friday January 14th, 2005 3:12:09 PM
"Unfortunately I do not have the spell to make us ethereal, however a dispel magic should get rid of the alarm. Anyway we are going to need to act quickly here if we want to take out the drow. The way it sounds we should be able to get some help here too. I think if we tell the prince that we'll take some slaves and the tapestry we can help him, then we promise the tapestry to the snake people for their help agains the giants. Perhaps we could bribe the derro into helping out as well."
0 Level: Detect Magic x2, Light, Read Magic x2 1st Level: Burning Hands, Magic Missile x5, Protection from Evil 2nd Level: Rope Trick, Scorching Ray x4, Extended Shield, Extended Mage Armor 3rd Level: Displacement, Dispel Magic, Silent Scorching Ray x2, Fly, Lightning Bolt 4th Level: Dimension Door x2, Evard's Black Tentacles, Ice Storm, Stone Skin 5th Level: Summon Monster V x2, Cone of Cold, Wall of Force 6th Level: Chain Lightning x2, Veil
Renik (Invisible) d100=33 d20+19=31 d20+21=29 d20+14=32 d20+14=19 d20+20=32 5d6(3+2+6+1+1)+7=20 d20+15=32 5d6(5+3+3+3+4)+7=25 d20+18=37 d20+18=33 6d6(2+3+4+5+1+3)+6=24 d20+13=24 5d6(4+3+5+4+6)+3=25 Friday January 14th, 2005 4:17:28 PM
"Agreed, it is time to strike. Arien, ready your spells. When the mage goes for his meditation today we attack. If we succeed I want you to impersonate the mage, assist Feng subtly to win us the game tonight, then return to the mage's house and when alone teleport away with the Tapestry and any treasure you can manage. If you act angry at the contestants for failing to bring you back treasure you should be able to keep communication with the 2 bodyguards to a minimum."
Then the rogue approaches Ssakkar-rie and suggests they might be willing to help in any attempt to gain the Tapestry after tonight's events. It will cost 1000 GP a man, half up front, half afterwards, and the assurance that the Lizardfolk have their back should any fighting commence.
(OOC: What was the response to Renik's visit to the Derro last post? If the response was positive he will attempt to get them to make a raid tonight for the tapestry, and offer the services of the party, requesting half of any available fee up front.)
He will then visit the giant chief and tell him that the perfect opportunity for a coup has arisen. He has discovered that after tonight's events the Lizardfolk intend to attack the wizard and steal the tapestry. If the giant Prince should "discover" this assault and raise the alarm, in the confusion they will have the opportunity to catch the king and his eldest son unawares. If worked carefully and under cover of dark they may well be able to pin the blame on the Lizardfolk. If that doesn't work they will succeed by force of arms instead. He agrees to the giant's terms, and requests half of the 5000GP up front.
Then, when the mage is alone Renik calls Arien, Sarigar and Tratain to him. "Get ready. Cast whatever preparatory spells you require, and let us get close to the mage's house. Here's a Telepathy scroll, so that we can communicate silently. Ready your Dispel Magic, I will blink inside, invisible, having drunk this non-detection potion, and locate the mage. When I call you. teleport inside and cast whatever spells you can to assist me."
"Remember this; this is a high risk strategy, and may very well go awry. Be prepared to fight if needs be. We may need to think fast if things don't go according to plan."
When everyone is ready Renik makes his move. With the Dispel Magic cast he blinks inside, tries to locate the wizard as quietly and quickly as he can, then gets in position to attack.
(OOC: not sure what to post, so I'll post everything I can think of, please use whatever's relevant.
Blink: made roll Move Silent: 31 Hide: 29 Listen: 32 Spot: 19
If he gets into position, full round of attacks as he calls for Arien to port in. Attack made invisible and floating above/ behind the mage.
Attack 1: AC 31: 20HP Attack 2: AC 32: 25HP Attack 3: AC 37: Crit: 24 HP Attack 4: AC 24: 25HP
Total: 94HP dmg.
Shady/Rond Friday January 14th, 2005 7:11:09 PM
Being ever vigilant, Shady takes in the scene and tries to find any benefit for the Knight. As a last thought Shady adds," Princess, can you give the Knight a gift. Something that might inspire him when things might be their bleakest!"
Sarigar and Black Paws Friday January 14th, 2005 11:28:40 PM ooc: Do you hand all of us a scroll? If so...
Sarigar unrolls the scroll, looking at the writing upon it with a very confused look. He turns the parchment in various directions trying to make heads or tails out of it. He then looks back at Renik with a look of, why?
ooc: Sarigar is illiterate. However, in all other respects...
The brothers try to push aside their gloom and steel themselves for the possible encounter to come. Holding his brother by the scruff behind the ears, Sarigar just stares into his eyes as if talking silently to him. With each passing moment, more and more of Black Paws fangs begin to show. In a like manner, Sarigar's own teeth begin to show and surprisingly enough, his own canines begin to extend and become quite fang-like.
When their "conversation" is over, the melancholy is gone, replaced by cold look of death. Sarigar no longer stands completely upright, instead, crouching on all fours, claw-like fingernails digging slightly into the floor. Black Paws hackels stand high and at full bristle.
The hunt is on and the brothers are more than ready...
Draax Saturday January 15th, 2005 2:29:12 AM
Draax smiles at the giant's remark about the Drow, "Yea, I share your sentiment about the wizard. So, when do you plan to attack?"
Proper Planning Pays (Tenth Day) (DM Cayzle) Saturday January 15th, 2005 10:02:03 AM In Bone Castle
The Snake Men, the Derro, and the giant prince are all receptive. They are ready -- or so they think! The Derro, though, seem nervous, stressed out, and on edge.
Renik puts his plan to kill the drow into action. Now, sometimes events conspire against you, and the best laid plans gang aglee. But not this time!
Renik and Arien find themselves standing over the dead body of Caunas Methar, the drow wizard. You are in a simply furnished room with the Tapestry, a couch (the body is on that, and boy is it soaked with blood!) a few chairs, and a desk. A chest is under the desk. Renik recognizes it as the magically trapped chest he saw the last time he was here. I'll assume a quick detect magic reveals that the wizard has a pearl, a bag, a cloak, and several scrolls. Of course, the Tapestry is magical. What do you do next?
Sarigar and Tratain are poised to spring into action in case events go belly up -- but so far there is no need for them to act!
Draax continues to cozy up to the young giant prince. But Hadram plays his cards close to his chest. He gives Draax 2,500 gold and tells him to wait for his signal.
In the Tapestry
Jerome steels himself and mentally prepares for the coming conflict. The Princess listens to Shandy (with an "n," by the away), and offers Jerome a small square of cloth. "I hope this token will inspire you to noble acts," she tells him. "But you know that he is the strongest knight in the realm, and cannot be defeated in a fight. What will you do, my champion?"
Storm advances, and declares, "Prepare to die, weakling!" He draws his sword and shield.
Renik d20+9=19 Sunday January 16th, 2005 6:18:35 PM
The rogue stands over the bloody body of his victim, concentrating on keeping his breathing controlled and features calm. Once he is sure he has himself under control he looks up at Arien.
"OK, so far so good. Arien, can you disarm the magical trap on that chest with another Dispel Magic? Most likely the book Caunas used to control the tapestry is within it. I'll stash the pearl, cloak and scrolls in my magical pockets, though I'm not going to risk the bag. I've heard horror stories about placing one magical storage device inside another. Everyone, let's search the apartment for that book, money and anything else useful. Be swift, the hourglass is against us." (Search 19)
Renik locates a goblet and some drink and arranges it so that both wine and poison spatter on the floor. He hopes it will look as if someone attempted to poison the wine, but was interrupted and resoprted to more straightforward means of assassination. The vial he places beneath the couch, as if it had rolled there during the fracas.
If they find the book Renik will suggest they try to influence the Tapestry at once, Arien taking control, whilst the others keep a lookout for the Drow bodyguards.
"Feng's time may be running short, and I suspect that all hell will break loose tonight at the feast. Better we control events now, get Feng out and prevent the others from leaving. Then I fly out with the Tapestry and hide it at the rendezvous point, we make Feng invisible and he heads out there too, to wait for the rest of us. The bodyguards will discover the body and raise the alarm, and with luck when the Tapestry is found to be missing a fight will break out. With all the factions suspecting the others of having stolen the Tapestry we should end up with complete chaos if we help events along a little. Let me hear your thoughts and suggestions for this or alternative plans of action if you have them."
Sarigar and Black Paws d20+1=15 d20+15=32 d20+14=23 Sunday January 16th, 2005 7:18:16 PM
The brothers search through the house with nose and eyes (Search 15, Spot 32). The book and coins being primary on their search list, they also pocket or bring anything else of interest to Renik. With their earlier preparations still in effect, they are not exactly subtle with their search.
The whole while, they occasionally stop and listen for anyone approaching (Listen 23).
Shandy/Rond (love my memory! ;) ) Sunday January 16th, 2005 10:24:54 PM
Shandy uses his keen eyes to look at the approaching warrior, as he helps his knight with tying down the item from the princess.
Draax Sunday January 16th, 2005 10:55:43 PM
Draax nods his head as the prince hands him the money, "We will wait for your signal." He leaves the prince secretly hoping that all hell will break out before the prince has an opportunity to give a signal.
When back with the others Draax suggests that as soon we hear about what happened, we immediately start complaining that someone sabotaged the game because our player was winning and that they return Feng and Rond to us immediately. The fact that Feng was winning should give us an alibi.
Tratain Monday January 17th, 2005 12:48:46 AM
Tratain stays with the others waiting to see what happens at the feast this night.
Feng/ Jerome Monday January 17th, 2005 6:31:53 AM
Jerome holds his sword ready but he hopes that it won't come to that. For if it does, victory would be slim indeed.
"Then why are you raising your sword and shield? There is no death for us here in this land. Even if you strike me down I will live. If you truly want to fight to the death let us fight once we return to our own land." Jerome offers.
The Bloody Aftermath (Still Tenth Day) (DM Cayzle) Monday January 17th, 2005 11:45:34 PM In Bone Castle
Renik waits for Arien to cast his dispel. He sets up a tableau to tell a story of poison gone wrong. He places the precious items he finds in his magic pockets; but the magic bag he holds in his hand.
Sarigar stealthily enters the house and sniffs around. He believes that the two other drow elves are through a closed door. Sarigar comes to the study and lets Renik know what he has found.
Drax and Tratain are standing right outside the Drow house at this time. They can enter if they desire.
By the way, based on your 10-day-long stay here, you estimate that there are about eight snake folk, three mind flayers and 14 derro. Only the Prince of the giants has given you any cash up front. The derro seem too distraught over the death of their leader, and Renik gets no cash from them. The snake-men are too cautious.
In the Tapestry
Shandy makes sure the lady's token is affixed to Jerome. He keeps his eyes open, and sees that Storm is direct and not too bright.
Jerome suggests obliquely that the giant should join him in a fight outside the Tapestry. Storm does not seem to get it. "I'll smash you now, pipsqueak! But you can buy some time by begging for mercy!"
Arien d20+10=29 Tuesday January 18th, 2005 6:16:11 AM
Arien casts dispel magic on the alarm and follows up with a detect magic to make sure the spell is gone. Once sure the spell is gone he lets Renik know and waits for instruction, Renik was more skilled at this sort of thing so Arien was content to let Renik dictate the action.
(Dispel Check 29)
Renik d20+9=12 d20+9=17 d20+16=28 Tuesday January 18th, 2005 12:42:44 PM
Renik urges everyone to be completely silent. If the bodyguards are on the premises they must act with extreme caution.
The rogue checks the chest for any further traps (Search 12), the carefully opens it and goes through the contents, remaining on the lookout for traps inside (Search 17).
If he finds the book he opens it and finds the current page. He will examine the item and attempt to determine if it required the use of magic to operate, or if it is simply a matter of writing events (UMD 28).
If the item proves to be straightforward he will perform the following actions. If it looks like advanced magic is required he will ask Arien to perform them.
"Let's give Feng a hand. We need to infuence events in the Tapestry swiftly.
(OOC: Are the party aware of the current developments in the Tapestry?)
He writes "As the princess' token was attached a miraculous change took place. The embattled knight's wounds healed over, he grew in stature and might, and his armour, sword and shield burned brightly with a white magical fire, as the purity of the princess and the righteousness of his cause suffused him with supernatural might."
"OK, let's move out." he says quietly. "I have a wand of invisbility, so everyone take a charge, we grab the tapestry and high-tail it out of here to the rendezvous point. We can decide how to proceed from there, once we have Feng and Rond back."
(OOC: How long until the nightly meeting?)
Sarigar and Black Paws d20+30=35 d20+25=45 d20+19=32 Tuesday January 18th, 2005 1:37:01 PM
The brothers accept the invisiblity and sneak out of the house (Hide 35, Move Silently 45) and make way to the escape route they scouted a few days ago. They wait at the exit until Black Paws has noted everyone else has left (Smell allows him to pinpoint even invisible creatures within 5 feet), then slip out themselves.
Outside the wall, they attempt to hide any trail the party is leaving behind so as to confound anyone attempting to follow and/or track them (Survival 32)
Feng/ Jerome Tuesday January 18th, 2005 4:51:02 PM
Only by sheer determination and force of will was Jerome standing tall, blade raised before him. Never has his body hurt so badly but he couldn't afford to fall. Not here, not now. Not with so many depending on him. He's guessing the Princess was the objective all along since events swirled around her.
"If you fail to understand how you could benefit from a true fight between us then that is your own stupidity and I thought orcs were dumb." Jerome says.
Tratain Tuesday January 18th, 2005 5:08:36 PM
Tratain does as Renik instructs but he reminds him "We have to save the slaves here at some point. Is leaving right now the best option? Or maybe the better Plan would be one goes to hide the tapestry at the rendezvous point. If we all go missing with the tapestry your ruse with the poison won't hold. But if you sneak out, Hide it and the rest of us stay we may be able to influence the events here to our benefit."
Draax Tuesday January 18th, 2005 6:51:49 PM
Draax agrees with Tratain, "Hide the tapestry and let Sarigar and Black Paws guard the location, they have not been seen much in the company of the giants and their absence should not draw any attention to them. We should remain here and go through the motions of being as upset as everyone else, especially since our friends will be missing too."
Renik Wednesday January 19th, 2005 4:07:45 AM
(OOC: Apologies for 2nd post, but to speed things along...)
Renik agrees with Tratain and Draax. If possible he and Sarigar will take the Tapestry, invisible, to the rendezvous point.
A Little Improv Never Hurt Anybody (Still Tenth Day) (DM Cayzle) Wednesday January 19th, 2005 7:12:38 AM
[OOC: This is the Tuesday DM Post for Windhorn Hamlet. Really, it is Tuesday. The Wednesday post will be made before midnight on Wednesday. Really, it will be! :-) ]
In Bone Castle
Renik and Arien think that the magical trap is disabled by the dispel magic, but how long will it stay disabled? So they very quickly open the box, remove the contents, and close it again.
Inside are several bags filled with coins, by the heft of them, and the magic Tapestry book.
[The last the party knew, Storm had arrived. Those outside the Tapestry have not seen the princess give Jerome her token. Note that the image on the Tapestry right now is of a view of a castle, and it is static and non-moving.]
Renik's initial attempts to "work" the Tapestry are unsuccessful.
Renik uses his wand to make everyone invisible who wants to be so. He and Sarigar sneak the Tapestry out of the fort. Renik currently has all the loot in his magic pockets except the magic bag and the tapestry. What exactly does he leave at the rendez-vous?
In about an hour the corpse will be discovered. You can imagine the uproar that will ensue. Who will be in the fort at that time?
The nightly feast is in a few hours. Who exactly will be there?
In the Tapestry
Storm growls and advances. What will you do?
Sarigar and Black Paws d20+30=41 d20+16=27 d20+19=29 Wednesday January 19th, 2005 12:52:21 PM
The brothers take up a silent vigil over the tapestry, book and any other items that Renik leaves in their care.
Figuring that watching over the items alone may not be completely safe, they dig a shallow hole nearby (Sarigar has a shovel in his pack). Sarigar wraps the items in his bearskin and burys them carefully, covering them with nearby rocks and such to make it look as undisturbed as possible (Hide 41, Knowledge Nature 27 to avoid damaging the items in this way).
The brothers then set up a little camp away from the spot, but within sight, and careful to hide any tracks they might have left leading to and from the hiding spot (Survival 29 for counter tracking). Unless it gets unbearably cold, they will keep the camp cold, and any fire they do need to start will be as small as possible.
Renik Wednesday January 19th, 2005 4:22:00 PM
If Renik is unable to work the Tapestry he will urge Arien to do his best to influence it before they leave the mage's house.
Once at the rendezvous point Renik leaves everything he lifted from mage's place (including the Tapestry), wishes Sarigar good luck and heads back to the fort (invisible, flying).
He suggests that the party continue their normal routine until the bodies are discovered. Then all bets are off. It up to them to spread as much mischief as they are able, attempting to get the factions to turn on one another.
"Draax, as soon as everyone is gathered and tempers are high you get to work work on the Giant prince. Suggest this is the time to strike against the king whilst he is focused on the Derro. Magic users, if you have any spells that might effect the mood of the groups feel free to cast them. I will work the Lizardfolk, trying to get them to attack Derro also. Assuming a battle begins let's keep as far out of it as we can. Let them take each other down. Try to get the factions to attack one another instead of us. Try to stick with ranged attacks if you can, focusing on the faction leaders if possible. But bear in mind that events aregoing to be chaotic. There is just as great a chance that they will all turn on us, or will refrain from fighting altogether. Be ready for anything."
Rond/Shandy Wednesday January 19th, 2005 5:14:34 PM
At a relative loss for what to do next, other than to fight. Shandy tries to remember the tales of his youth, and what the hero would do in these situations.
Should he help his friend with this challenge, and try to ensure their escape?! Would the story keep them from leaving? What would make sense in this fairy tale land?
Draax Wednesday January 19th, 2005 5:41:44 PM
Draax agrees with Renik's instruction and goes back to the place their host provided for them to relax while he waits for the body to be discovered. He runs different scenarios in his head about how the giants will react to the news, but decides to just wait and see and be ready for anything.
Feng/ Jerome Wednesday January 19th, 2005 8:51:03 PM
"This clears everything up Strom. It seems that even here you are a coward. If you were a true warrior you would have stood first against me. Even if you manage to defeat me now your reputation will sour. So you beat a man that is severely wounded, big deal. You will hear these words often. You must be afraid of me to battle me now, such as I am." Jerome says as he desperately tries to figure out how a fairy tale can save him now. Unfortunately all he can think of are the tragedies that fill them.
Tratain Wednesday January 19th, 2005 10:15:35 PM
Tratain stays with the group and tries to stay out of the arguements that break out over the loss of the Tapestry, but ready to respond to any threats that may arise against himself or his companions.
Strange Calmness (Still Tenth Day) (DM Cayzle) Wednesday January 19th, 2005 11:10:30 PM
Sarigar stays with all the loot gathered from the mage: The Tapestry, and everything. He hides it well, and keeps a low profile.
About an hour after the mage's death, word gets out. Things get tense, sudden-like. The two drow enter the castle and don't come out. Word passes among the giants. But the "lesser races" are not told that anything is amiss.
Does anyone spread the word among the derro, snake-man, or mind flayers?
Then comes the time for the nightly feast. Do you adjourn to the great hall as usual?
==========
[OOC: We may be about to get into a tense situation. Also note that Setanos and Shawn/Old Man are pretty much awol. I'm sorry that Sarigar, Rond, and Feng are not present. Would you three like to run the three NPC groups? The mind flayers, the derro, and the yuan-ti? Please e-mail me at cayzle@yahoo.com if you do -- because otherwise I fear you may be twiddling your thumbs a bit. The situation with Storm will not resolve until the Tapestry is on display.]
Arien Thursday January 20th, 2005 3:27:42 AM
Arien does his best to try to help Feng out within the tapestry. Arien writes in the book, "As the mighty Storm advances on Jerome, the knight steels himself for the battle. Suddenly a small bird alights itself on Jerome's shoulder, a berry clutched in one foot. The bird chirps at the knight and somehow Jerome is able to understand the bird. "I have watched they battles Sir Knight and I would aid thee now. Take this berry and eat of it and thy wounds shall be healed and you will be refreshed as if thee had slept a night beneath my wings." The bird then extends its claw to Jerome so that he can take the fruit."
That done Arien closes the book and hands it to Renik. Then making sure he wasn't leaving behind any incriminating evidence he teleports back the party's room.
Draax Thursday January 20th, 2005 10:19:55 AM
Draax heads toward the feast with the others. He is surprised there has been no alarm. "I guess the chief is smarter that we thought. The group that does not appear at the dinner will have to be the guilty party and if everyone appears he will have the guilty party within his reach. I suggest we go and ask to puts bets on Feng to beat the prince and then let the chief tell us what happened before we try to manipulate the others."
Sarigar and Black Paws Thursday January 20th, 2005 12:52:47 PM
The brothers watch over the "recovered items" in turns, each napping for a while, then waking so the other may watch. This way, at least one is always alert and relatively fresh.
Renik Thursday January 20th, 2005 1:53:15 PM
The rogue agrees with Draax. "Yes, let's just play it easy for now. Make out nothing is wrong, bet as normal. We must act outraged when the Tapestry is announced as missing; what about our men and so on. Who has cheated us out of our win? But we may be in for more trouble than we bargained for..."
Derro Blood Spilled (Still Tenth Day) (DM Cayzle) d20+19=32 [Bluff check to send a message] Thursday January 20th, 2005 11:32:55 PM
In Bone Castle
Arien tries to write in the magic book, but when he puts pen to the paper, no ink flows. He cannot put any words in the book. It is as if the pen were dry.
The feasting hall is fully 100 feet square. The feasting table is a U-shaped thing (actually, three table lashed together). Look for a map in the morning.
At the open end of the U is where the Tapestry is usually set up.
If you make a spot check vs DC10, then Please Highlight to display spoiler: {You note that although usually some giants are armed and some are not, tonite every giant is armed and armored. The king and the prince have half plate and greatswords. The others have chain shirts and greatclubs.}
The king and his younger son enter the room. The son, Hadram, pauses to talk with each group of "guests." To Renik, he says, using his Bluff skill to send a secret message, "I don;t know if you took it, but if so, your only hope is to not reveal where it is. If you do, I'll kill you myself! Keep quiet, and you might yet live."
But tonite there is no Tapestry. In its place, the king stands with his younger son. Between them is one of the derro.
The king says to the derro, "Where is it?"
The derro collapses on the floor, shrieking, "NO! I DON'T KNOW! IT WASN'T ME!"
The king swings his sword three times. The prince swings his sword three times. The derro's body, in about a half dozen pieces, lies on the floor.
The king's canines (and are there more than usual tonite?) gulp down the gobbets. There are flames in their mouths as they wolf down guts and limbs.
The remaining two drow look on, with a look of satisfaction on their faces.
The king says, "Next!" Two giants grab another derro and bring him up. You may note that there has been no explanation of what is going on, no explanation. But it seems safe to assume that everyone knows the essence.
[OOC: Phillip, I'll e-mail you tomorrow. Thanks!]
Draax AC25, HP110 d20+5=20 d20+5=9 Friday January 21st, 2005 1:55:37 AM
Draax makes a mental note of the how armed the giants are (spot check 20), but he expected as much. He looks on a little confused at first as the giants ask the first derro questions, but nods his head as if watching giants killing derros was no big deal. He folds his arms in front of his chest and waits to see if the king will ever give an explanation or just keep killing derros. Draax also wonders what the king will do when he runs out of derros. He mentally does an inventory of his weapons and does a casual scan with his eyes to see where the exits to the hall are (spot check 9).
Tratain Friday January 21st, 2005 10:58:36 AM
Tratain looks on at the executions but is ready to move the instant that the Giants make a move agaisnt any of the party.
Sarigar and Black Paws Friday January 21st, 2005 12:55:11 PM
The borthers continue their silent vigil.
Arien d20+9=28 Friday January 21st, 2005 2:50:28 PM
Arien notices how the giants are all armed and immediately starts planning a way to even the odds up should this turn into a fight.
A Map By Cayzle (Not the Daily DM Post) Friday January 21st, 2005 4:24:09 PM
The derro have been on edge ever since their leader emerged from the Tapestry in a coma, in which he still remains. The two apprentices have barely been able to keep control.
But the murder of one of them, and the prospect of execution of all at the hands of giants, sends the beings over the edge!
They begin to speak in tongues, or anyway, to babble uncontrollably.
They all spring into action, as chaos reigns.
Derro 2, 6, and S all provoke attacks of opportunity as they act. All three are hit with large greatclubs, for 17, 26, and 31 points of damage each! Derro 2 is down, Derro 6 is dead, and Derro S is gravely wounded.
Four Derro dart under the table -- easy for them since they are small. Five, including both apprentices, try to climb onto the table.
Only one makes it, Derro 5. He moves to 28O, drawing his crossbow as he moves, and firing at Giant 7. He misses.
Derro 1 moves to 33N and also fires at Giant 7. He hits for 4 plus poison.
Derro 3 moves to 30N and creates Darkness. You can see through it, but inside the darkness you have a 20% miss chance.
Derro 4 moves to 29O and casts Sound Burst on Giant 7 (5 damage plus fort save 15 or stunned).
Derro 7 moves to 19P, creates Darkness, and hides (24).
Derro 8 moves to 18P and hides too (29).
Derro 9 tries to jump on the table again, succeeds, and moves to 15O.
Derro S, dripping blood, takes a five foot step under the table to 17O and drinks a potion, regaining 7 hp.
Derro V takes a five foot step under the table to 16O and reads a scroll of Sanctuary.
The Drow and the Yuan-Ti (still not the DM post) Friday January 21st, 2005 5:19:46 PM
These two groups remain still. No one chooses to use a spell or spell-like power, since that might draw an attack. Although it seems that giants 13, 14, and 15 have already used their AoOs, judging by the blood and bodies on the floor.
The Illithid Friday January 21st, 2005 7:43:35 PM
Seeing the brash actions of the Derro, especially so close, the Illithids momentarily look at each other, give a simple nod, then slip under the table.
#1 moves to h31 #2 moves to i32
Both are simply moving to avoid the fracass and save their own slimy skins.
Draax AC25, HP110 d20+9=27 Friday January 21st, 2005 10:45:28 PM
Draax is not surprised by the derros' negative reaction to being slaughtered like lambs. Since the fight is not coming in his direction he does not draw his weapons. Instead he climbs (climb check 27) on the table (17J) and waits to see if the other giants and/or other groups will join the fray.
More Derro Blood Spilled (Still Tenth Day) (DM Cayzle) d20+14=32 d20+14=27 [G7 saves] d20+20=22 2d8(1+4)+15=20 d20+15=23 d20+10=13 2d8(2+1)+15=18 d20+20=28 d20+15=18 d20+10=17 2d8(2+8)+15=25 Friday January 21st, 2005 11:59:17 PM
Giant 7 shrugs off the sound blast and the poison with a laugh.
Derro 5 at 28O and Derro 9 at 15O, both of whom are on the table, are obvious targets. Giant 15 goes after Derro 9 and kills him; Giant 13 goes after Derro 5 and kills him.
The other giants hold their position and laugh at the derro.
The king calls out loudly, "If someone steps up and tells me where it is, no one else has to die. Otherwise all will!"
[OOC: Map to come in a.m.]
Cayzle Saturday January 22nd, 2005 11:58:44 AM
Sorry, guys! No map yet! Those with wives may understand!)
old man (in tapestry) Saturday January 22nd, 2005 5:21:47 PM
Attempting to distract Storm the old man cackles at him madly.
"Heh...heh...heh..."
His boney arms and legs shake crazily in the air.
Renik d20+13=21 d20+14=20 Sunday January 23rd, 2005 10:03:43 AM
Now this looks dangerous, thinks the rogue, and will achieve little save the slaughter of these derro. They seem to be making a particularly poor account of themselves. Still, his attempt at framing them seems to have succeeded.
He makes a show of first looking confused (responding to Hadram with a mystified shrug), then noticing the Tapestry is missing, realisation dawning on his face as the king starts killing derro. He scowls furiously at the derro, and a look of grim satisfaction settles on his face as they start to fall (Bluff 21). He mutters "What of my men? What of my bets? You little scum, if harm has befallen either..."
But as he watches the slaughter his mind is working overtime. How to turn this to their own advantage? The key lies in splitting the giants, but right now that doesn't seem possible. The chaos he was hoping for has not transpired. The king is clearly too wily for that. Best to sit tight and wait for an opening, he reasons. Pretty soon he figures attention is likely to swing towards the party. At that point he will have to try and sow whatever mischief he can.
Renik elects to wait and see, sending questioning glances at Hadram. He also tries to identify which of the giants present are loyal to Hadram (Spot 20)
(OOC: Cayzle, could you let me know the giant numbers if the Spot is successful?).
A new map Sunday January 23rd, 2005 12:18:09 PM
Please use this URL for the new map. Next DM Post will be Monday Night. Actions?
Todd, I'll e-mail you about playing monsters.
Tratain d20+9=17 Monday January 24th, 2005 12:32:18 AM
Tratain stays ready to act if the giants attack any of the party. Tratain attempts to see if The giants loyal to Hadram have any Markings or such that set them apart from the ones loyal to the king(Spot 17)
The Illithid Monday January 24th, 2005 11:03:14 AM
The pair of Illithid continue to the nearest corner of the room (sorry, no coordinates as the map site seems to be blocked from work). They scan the room, keeping a close eye on anyone that may approach them with obvious hostility (holding action).
old man Monday January 24th, 2005 7:42:03 PM
"Grrrr" the old man grumbles.
More Chaos and Blood (DM Cayzle) Monday January 24th, 2005 9:03:10 PM
Draax climbs on the table, and several giants eye him warily, but they do not object.
Tratain, Renik, and Arien stay still and watchful. The drow and snake people do the same.
Our heros easily ID the young prince's friends as Giants 4, 8, 12, and 16. Maybe one more?
The mind flayers make an initial move to take cover, and the giants do not seem to object. However, then they move to the corner of the room (36C and 37C) -- and the giants don't much like that.
The chief calls to the illithids, "Go back to your seats, octopi! Or we'll kill you too!"
Giants 6 moves to 36-37-E-F and Giant 5 moves to 32-33-C-D. They motion to the mind flayers to get back to their seats.
Then the chief shouts to the dogs, "Flush them out! Kill them!"
The dog-like things race under tables and look for the derro. As they hunt, you smell brimstone! These dogs are breathing fire!
[OOC: Combat notes to follow tomorrow.]
Feng/ Jerome Monday January 24th, 2005 11:37:58 PM
Jerome stands ready for Strom's assault. He hoped to play on the giants intelligence but he seemed determined to fight here and now.
Draax AC25, HP110 Tuesday January 25th, 2005 2:27:08 AM
Draax continues to stand on the table and watch as the derro try to escape. He notices the mind flayer movement when the chief calls out to them and wonders where they were trying to get to. He is disappointed at the efforts the derros are putting forth to save their lives. Maybe the death sentence shouted by the chief will give them some added incentive.
The Illithid Tuesday January 25th, 2005 10:32:38 AM
Noting the Giants dislike of their retreat, they move slowly (equivalent of 3 squares per round) back toward their seats, arms raised in a gesture of surrender and compliance.
Their slow movement is a ploy to seem defeated and compliant, but also because they wish to remain as distanced as possible from the active fighting.
old man Tuesday January 25th, 2005 5:29:14 PM
"Grrrrrrrr!" The growling starts to sooth the old man in some way hard to understand. Like some primal mantra. "Grrrr"
Derro Flee from Hounds (DM Cayzle) Tuesday January 25th, 2005 5:37:18 PM
The Mind Flayers start to move slowly back.
The Derro see the dogs coming and flee. V, S, 8, and 7 take double moves under the cover of the Darkness spell -- make a Spot check vs DC 14 to see them. Derro 1, 3, and 4 stick under the table and hide also in the dark -- Spot DCs 18 to see them.
The dogs move south under the table -- a bit of a tight fit, so that slows them down. One dog gets excited and breeathes fire prematurely.
A couple dogs run right past the drow, giant 16, and Renik, but they seem to know they are hunting derro.
Tratain d20+9=27 Tuesday January 25th, 2005 8:42:38 PM
Tratain waits and watches the Derro and the giants. (Spot 27)
Draax AC25, HP110 Tuesday January 25th, 2005 10:23:46 PM
Draax looks on at the derros' feeble attempt at staying alive. He pushes away a small guilty feeling and reminds himself of the fact that derros are evil creatures and deserve what they are getting. He hopes the little guys have a better plan that just hiding in the darkness and could at least kill one or two of the giants.
Draax wants to shout encouragement to the derro, but keeps his advice to himself and waits to see if the derros have any tricks that might give them a chance.
Arien Wednesday January 26th, 2005 4:40:58 AM
Arien keeps an eye on the action but otherwise appears to be unscathed. He didn't want the derro to die but he knew that their deaths would make the group that much more able to manipulate and splinter alliances and in the end hopefully bring this den of evil down.
Renik Wednesday January 26th, 2005 6:48:06 AM
The rogue leans back to get a good view of the action. "Pathetic" he murmurs as the derro fall one after another. He continues to wait, hoping that the giants next turn their attention to the lizardfolk.
The Illithid Wednesday January 26th, 2005 1:39:55 PM
The Illithids move another 30 feet which should bring them to the edge of the table, where, unless prodded to go farther, they stay and watch the events unfolding.
old man Wednesday January 26th, 2005 2:13:44 PM
Looking around wild eyed the old man tries to sense what else is happening in his strange prison. His actions seeming to have absolutley no effect, the old man sniffs at the air trying to find some clue as to how to get through this. Instinctivly the old man rushes forward in an attempt to catch those blocking his way, off gaurd.
Derro and others (DM Cayzle) d20+7=9 [bolt miss] d8=1 d8=5 d8=2 d8=6 [soundburst damages] Thursday January 27th, 2005 10:18:28 AM
Derro 8, and 7 run south, then attack Giant 7. They release Sound Bursts on the giant (6 damage total). Derro V and S read scrolls of expeditious retreat, then speed off towards the exit. Derro 4 fires a crossbow at the giant but misses. Derro 1 and 3 fire off sound bursts too (another 8 damage).
Total damage done to this giant: 23 plus 4 fort saves or stunned.
The snake folk talk among themselves in a hissing language. They have not acted yet.
The Drow stand with smug expressions.
Giant laughter (DM Cayzle) d20+14=21 d20+14=26 d20+14=29 d20+14=22 Thursday January 27th, 2005 10:38:49 AM
[NOTE: This is the Wednesday DM Post! Really! I'll post for Thursday tonite!]
Our heroes seem content to stand and wait.
The Mind Flayers continue walking back to the table.
Giants 5 and 6 follow the mind flayers, keeping them in reach -- if the illithid try anything, the giants will probably have attacks of opportunity to stop them.
Giant 7 makes four fort saves and laughs and laughs! He seems barely scratched. "Come on, little scum! I'll kill you all myself!"
Confounded by the chairs and squeezing under the table, the giant's dogs spend the round chasing the derro. Several race past our heros and the snake-folk.
The other giants shout encouragement to the hounds and Giant 7. "How are the ears?" one shouts. Another says, "All bang, no buck, that's these small fry!"
The Illithid Thursday January 27th, 2005 10:44:44 AM
Preferring to be out of reach of the dogs in case they accidentally miss their prey or for some reason think they are the prey, the Illithid take the round to climb up on the table. Again, they are careful to not make any movements that might be construed as hostile.
Draax AC25, HP110 Thursday January 27th, 2005 5:41:18 PM
While watching the derro run for their lives, Draax waits to see what type of camaraderie the derro have in their group. With one giant guarding the door and the other giants willing to let it and the dogs stop the derro. He wonders will a few of the derro sacrifice themselves so that the others can escape or will self preservation destroy all of them?
With the attitude the giants are displaying during the chase, Draax is surprised that no betting has started up yet. The half-elven warrior ponders the tactics of the giants and the derro and files them in his mind for future reference.
Tratain Thursday January 27th, 2005 6:30:07 PM
Tratain stands ready looking for any sign from Renik that the party should get involved yet.
Derros Die (DM Cayzle) Thursday January 27th, 2005 10:19:02 PM
If anyone wants to interfere, please feel free. Otherwise the next four or five rounds go like this:
The hounds and giants hunt down the Derro. A few hounds are wounded as they breathe fire; no dogs are killed.
The giants find all this very amusing. The chief, however, does not laugh.
When all the derro are dead, the chief says, "It is clear that these weaklings could not have slain the drow mage. They could not even kill a dog. Who will tell the truth here?"
Draax AC25, HP110 Friday January 28th, 2005 2:33:43 AM
Draax raises an eyebrow at the chief's words and tone, he then turn to look at the lizard men and then the mind flayers as if he is waiting for one of the to confess. After waiting a few seconds for a confession that he knows is not coming, he turns his attention back to the chief to see what happens next.
Renik d20+13=26 Friday January 28th, 2005 5:53:48 AM
The rogue watches the slaughter with a facade of boredom. When the Giant king speaks he allows the meaning to sink in, looks faintly annoyed, and replies
"King, we have enjoyed your hospitality so far, but this entertainment is wearing a little thin. Am I to understand that someone has killed Caunas and stolen the Tapestry? If so there are 2 of my men still in there, so I want it back as much as you do. All I can tell you is that it wasn't us, though I don't know how I can prove that." (Bluff 26)
"Might I ask why you first suspected those miserable dwarves? For as far as I can see the guilty party could be anyone. I know my people are not to blame, but it could be the lizards, the calamari brothers over there, even some of your own men. Gods, it could even be you or the drow bodyguards. Or another group we are not even aware of. Do you plan on killing everyone in the room?"
Snake Folk Friday January 28th, 2005 10:18:21 AM
The leader of the yuan-ti, Ssakkar-rie, looks at the Mind Flayers.
"Hey, Illithidss! Why don't you ussse your powerss? Why don't you read sssome mindss, or sssomething. Unlesss YOU are the killerss!"
The Illithids d20+8=26 Friday January 28th, 2005 10:37:47 AM
Glaring ominously at the Snake man that made the request.
"If that is the Chief's wish. But we shall do nothing without his say. We have little need or interest in the tapestry, but we do have other business with the Chief." (Bluff 26)
Tratain Saturday January 29th, 2005 10:56:56 AM
Tratain continues to wait takeing his ques from Renik
The Giant Chief's Plan (DM Cayzle) d3=3 [the death roll] Sunday January 30th, 2005 6:55:35 PM
The chief listens to Renik and seems to buy his avowel of innocence. He takes a die from his pouch and throws it.
Then he answers Renik's question. "Maybe you are innocent. Maybe not. Maybe you know something. Maybe not. But I will have my son back, or I will buy his weregeld in blood. Your blood."
"Yes, I intend to kill every one in this room until I get my son back. One at a time or all at once. Dead."
He looks at the die and then points at one of the mind flayers. "If you know something, say it now. You're next to die."
A couple giants step up. (map tomorrrow)
Draax AC25, HP110 Monday January 31st, 2005 12:01:44 AM
Draax's eyes open wide at the giant's words. He did not think that the chief would sacrifice his son for the satisfaction of knowing he killed the thief. Before the mind flayers have a chance to answer, Draax shout to the chief.
"Your majesty, I understand most of what is happening here by your actions, but before you finish killing the rest of us. Could you please explain to us how the tapestry was stolen and how the wizard was killed? I would also like to know how the killers got past the wizard's bodyguards?"
Since he was not present when it happened Draax is actually curious about how the wizard was found, what the scene looked like, and what the bodyguards were doing at the time.
Renik (flying) d20+13=18 d20+13=33 d20+13=25 Monday January 31st, 2005 9:25:43 AM
"I'll not stand by as you kill us one by one, king or no king!" growls Renik, rising to to his feet and drawing one blade and his wand. "With all due respect you have taken leave of your senses. If you murder us all none of us will get our men back! Lizardfolk, mind flayers, even you two drow, if we do nothing now we will simply be picked off one by one. Our only chance is to stand together. Are you with us?" (Bluff 18, used Hero Point to reroll: 33).
Next he turns to the Giant prince. "Is this how you would repay us, Prince? Would you join in this slaughter of those you professed to befriend? Do you stand with the king on this? Or are you and your men ready to step out from under his shadow, and stand with us in the face of the madness of the king, with all the prizes that will entail? Decide quickly, for you can be certain that once your father is done with us he will turn on you too, in an attempt to regain his favoured son." (Bluff 25)
Renik floats a few milimetres above the table, ready to spring into action at the first sign of attack (Readied action: move directly upwards out of attack range).
Tratain AC 24 HP 82 Monday January 31st, 2005 10:26:35 AM
Tratain stands Ready with his Warhammer in One hand and Shield in the other ready to defend himself and his allies from the giants should they attack.
(OOC: If the The son's faction of giants turns on the King could you make them a different color on the map so we don't get them confused? Thanks)
The Illithids d20+8=28 Monday January 31st, 2005 12:27:35 PM
Despite their alien appearance, the reaction on their clammy faces is shock and fright. A faint "EEEP" issues from at least one of them.
They respond to the chief at first in their native tongue out of fright, but attempt to regain their composure quickly. "Your magesty, if you would allow us, we believe we can root out the kidnapper. As the snakes suggested, we could use our abilities to read the thoughts of the others here and find the perpetrators."
They offer no overt resistance, but their movements are in effort to buy time and let their words sink in to the King's mind (Bluff 28, to not look obvious that they are stalling).
Arien Monday January 31st, 2005 4:44:29 PM
Arien nods when Renik tries to rally the various races to turn on the giants. Arien readies for the first sign of hostility from any of the nearby giants.
The Drow Monday January 31st, 2005 6:15:54 PM
With his latest pronouncement, the two Drow fighters begin to speculate what might happen next.
They seem unfazed by Reniks reaction.
Last Chance To Avoid Bloodshed? (DM Cayzle) Monday January 31st, 2005 11:44:26 PM
The giant prince anwers Draax, saying, "The mage's body was found. He is dead. The Tapestry is gone. It looked like derro work, but they showed they could not have killed the mage. So somebody did it and tried to frame the derro. Somebody in this room." He glares at the "guests."
The prince does not like what Renik has to say. "I will have no friendship with those who stole my brother's life!"
It seems that the prince is now solid with his father -- which makes sense so long as his older brother is out of the picture. Now he is in line to succeed.
The giant chief seems angry. "TELL ME WHAT I WANT TO KNOW NOW!" He screams at the mind flayers.
His concentration is fixed on the tentacled ones, and he seems to be ignoring Renik and the others for now.
Note that the ceiling is high enough that Renik will probably be out of reach of the giants (as they are standing now) if he presses against the ceiling ("laying" on it, like). He is not that high yet.
Others in the party ready weapons.
The snake leader catches Renik's eye and nods. You see several snake-folk draw weapons.
The Drow and the Illithid can speak for themselves (Thanks guys for helping out!)
Draax AC25, HP110 Tuesday February 1st, 2005 2:06:44 AM
Knowing that the cow chips are about to hit the fan. Draax takes the time available to him to doing a little stretching and work out the kinks in his body. In a very relaxed manner, he does a couple of neck rolls and knee bends while he keeps his eyes on Renik waiting for a signal.
Renik (Flying, blinking, Invisible) d20+13=20 d20+16=24 Tuesday February 1st, 2005 8:55:14 AM
"Betrayal, Hagrad?" roars Renik. "After I pledged to fight at your side against your own father and brother, despite the risk to me and my men? Now do I see the value in the word of a giant! I should have known that if you would betray your own father you would betray those who would stand with you! It was you, wasn't it? You killed the mage and stole the Tapestry, to get your brother out of the way! Well you'll not frame me for your crime! I'll see you dead first, turncoat!" The rogue is shaking with rage (Bluff 20). "Fight! Fight for your lives! Drow, Ilithid, if you do not join us these giants will turn on you too, for it is one of their own number that did this deed!"
Renik activates the invisibility wand (UMD 24), and shoots straight upwards to the ceiling, getting himself out of attack range. If he is able to continue to move he will head for J4, or as close to it as he can get.
The Illithids d20+3=11 d20+3=16 Tuesday February 1st, 2005 10:58:55 AM
Sense Motive vs Renik's Bluff (11 and 16)
"Magesty, the human's words do make sense. As much as you would dread such a thing, mayhaps it was your own son that was the perpetrator. He would gain much from his own brother's demise."
They try to stay within the Chief's good graces by taking no overtly hostile actions, but do steel themselves up should violence be directed at them (holding action to attack should they be attacked).
Tratain AC 24 HP 82 11d6(2+4+5+4+4+5+6+3+2+3+5)=43 d20+20=36 Tuesday February 1st, 2005 11:43:30 AM
Seeing Renik go invisible Tratain takes that as the sign that hostilities are inevitable. Tratain defensively casts Blade Barrier to cut the giant forces in half and make them more managable. (36 vs DC 21 to cast defensively)
(Cast as a wall Takeing up collumn M the entire length of the Hall. Reflex save DC 21 for no damage as I summoned it ontop of them. 43 Damage)
OOC: Who is Playing the Drow and the Illithids so I know for my posting Records?
Philip K Tuesday February 1st, 2005 1:42:20 PM
I'm playing the Illithids since the brothers are presently non-combatant back at the meeting place.
Arien d20+22=27 d20+9=29 d20+9=22 d20+9=20 d20+9=25 Tuesday February 1st, 2005 9:01:44 PM
Arien casts Scorching Ray through his wand of maxamize directly at the giant in front of him (Casting Defensively: 27)
(Ray one: natural 20, critical threat, Touch AC 22 to confirm; Ray two: Touch AC 20; Ray three: touch AC 25. Each ray is maxamized so 24 points per ray, 48 for the first one if it crits.)
The Snake Folk Wednesday February 2nd, 2005 6:22:09 AM
Lead by their leader, the Yuan Ti try the Derro strategy -- they head south for the exit. Will they have better luck than the hapless derro?
Our heroes move events forward, with blunt words and whirling blades. The debate is over, and survival is foremost in mind.
Draax awaits a signal from Renik, and boy does he get one!
After shouting his call to battle, Renik activates his wand, which he had in hand (standard action). He is now invisible, and not on the map. A note regarding invisibility: If you are not explicitly using your Hide skill, then the Spot DC to sense a visible person is 0. If you are invisible and moving, per the SRD, you get a +20 on Hide checks; +40 if immobile. Since it is a free action to make a Spot check, all foes will roll to spot all invisible opponents each round. Since Renik did not say he was hiding, and since he is moving, the Spot DC to sense him is 20. Use this rules interpretation in deciding your choice of action following:
If Renik chooses to move forward pressed against the ceiling so as to be out of reach, he will be flying at half speed. If so, then Please Highlight to display spoiler: { Renik ends up in 10K.}
If Renik chooses to move upright, and thus in reach of giant foes, then he will move at normal speed. If so, then Please Highlight to display spoiler: { Renik ends up in 5K, right over the Chief The Chief's Spot check is 30, so he senses Renik and attacks with an AoO. But he fails his 50% miss chance and swings at the wrong place.}
Tratain's Blade Barrier makes a conclusive exclamation point to the end of all debate!
Giants 16, 15, 14, 13, and 7 are affected, as well as hounds G and H. Giant 13 saves. Both hounds fail and die. The giants choose to be on the join king and foes on the party's side of the barrier.
Arien casts a potent -- or so he thinks -- Scorching Ray on a giant.
The Illithids ready for battle (I'll treat their action as a taking a Total Defense ... +4 AC).
The Drow take no action, surprised by the barrier that now seperates them.
The Yuan Ti move south. Doing so provokes AoOs from Giants 14 and 13 as well as Hound A. Yuan Ti A is severly wounded, taking 25 points from an AoO, and a critical AoO inflicts exactly 50 hp on the snake leader. That forces a save vs death from massive damage (fort DC15), which the snake leader misses by one. She dies!
==========
Enemy Actions and Map will come soon ... I have to get to work!
==========
Enemy Status (If an enemy is not listed and is on the map, it is unharmed. If unlisted and not on the map, dead.)
Giants Fight Back (DM Cayzle) d100=47 [chief's miss chance] d20+14=31 d20+14=30 d20+14=25 [three spot checks -- all sense Renik] d100=71 d100=88 d100=87 [three miss chances -- all aim at the correct place] d20+10=23 d20+10=15 d20+10=30 [3 rock atts] d20+10=16 [crit follow up misses] 2d6(5+6)+10=21 2d6(6+4)+10=20 [rock damages] d20+20=25 d20+15=18 d20+10=26 [G16 v Tratain, 2 hits] 2d8(7+1)+15=23 2d8(4+1)+15=20 [2 damages v T] d20+20=25 d20+15=22 d20+10=28 [3 att on Arien] 2d8(6+5)+15=26 2d8(6+8)+15=29 2d8(8+1)+15=24 [3 possible damages to arien] d20+20=40 d20+20=30 [G14 crits YTF] 2d8(4+2)+15=21 2d8(6+5)+15=26 [crit damage] d20+20=27 d20+15=30 d20+10=22 2d8(8+8)+15=31 2d8(1+6)+15=22 2d8(4+2)+15=21 [3 giant 13 hits and damages] d20+20=37 d20+15=25 d20+10=20 2d8(2+1)+15=18 2d8(8+7)+15=30 2d8(4+2)+15=21 [3 giant 7 hits and damages] d20+20=29 d20+15=25 d20+10=13 2d8(1+4)+15=20 2d8(1+4)+15=20 [3 giant 6 hits and damages] d20+20=39 d20+20=21 d20+15=26 d20+15=21 d20+10=16 d20+10=25 2d8(1+5)+15=21 [two giants crush mind flayer 1] d20+7=9 d20+7=14 [Hound charges on Drow A, both miss] d20+7=13 [another hound misses] d20+8=28 d20+8=24 d20+8=28 d20+8=14 [YT D saves] d20+8=15 d20+8=28 d20+8=15 d20+8=19 [YT C saves] d20+8=26 d20+8=27 d20+8=15 d20+8=25 [YT B saves] 8d6(3+1+2+2+5+3+1+5)=22 [hound breath damage] Wednesday February 2nd, 2005 11:36:17 AM
IMPORTANT NOTE! Please put AC and current HP in your post title. List magic effects there too, or in your post!
The giant chief, apopleptic, shouts, "Kill them! Kill them! And watch out for the invisible human!"
The chief reaches into a pouch and takes out a rock, which he throws at Renik. But he misses due to the 50% miss chance.
Giants 1, 2, and 3 look where the chief threw his rock. Three rocks fly at Renik! they hit AC23, 15, and 30. I'm assuming that Renik has better than AC16. The AC23 rock hits for 21 hp. The other is a nat 20 (no crit) for 21 hp damage.
Giants 2 and 3 step up a little, too, but Giant 1 holds the door.
Giant 16, not sure if he is supposed to attack the Drow, takes a five foot step and swings his greatclub at Tratain. He hits AC25, 18, and 26, two hits, inflicting 23 hp with one hit and 20 with another -- 43 total.
Giant 15 attacks Arien. he too swings three times, hitting AC25 for 26, AC22 for 29, and AC28 for 24 [Please post your HP and AC, and in your post say how many hit and missed.]
Giant 14 walks up to Yuan Ti F and swings at him, criticalling for 47 hp, killing it.
Gaint 13 attacks Yuan Ti E. The giant swings and hits, swings and kills it, takes a five foot step, swings at Yuan Ti D, and hits it for 21 hp.
Giant 7 takes a five foot step and attacks Yuan Ti A. He swings 3 times and completely crushes it.
Giant 6 attacks Mind Flayer 2. He hits AC29 for 20, AC25 for 20, and AC13 (the third swing is a miss). The Mind Flayers are AC20 with Total Defense, so Mind Flayer 2 takes a total of 40 hp damage.
Giants 5 and 4 team up on Mind Flayer 1. They hit 5 times, crushing it into octopulp.
Hounds B and C charge Drow A. They hit AC9 and AC14, so they miss. Hound D charges Drow B -- it misses.
Hounds J, K, L, F, and E move and then breathe fire through the blade barrier on the remaining three yuan ti. The cover of the barrier offers a +2 on reflex saves. Each Yuan Ti takes 11 hp fire damage.
It becomes clear to Arien and to the entire group that these giants and hounds are immune to fire. That's why the Scorching Ray was useless.
Finally, on the other side of the barrier, giant 17 opens the door, and the prince and giant 11 leave. Giants 9 and 10 are following them. Giants 12 and 8 stay in the feasting hall, moving to the barrier (but not through) and getting out throwing rocks.
Renik (AC 23, HP 54/75, Blinking, Invisible, Flying) d20+21=30 d20+19=33 Wednesday February 2nd, 2005 3:00:13 PM
A boulder half knocks the breath out of the rogue. These guys are tough! He decides to proceed with more caution (Hide 30). He sizes up the odds rapidly and decides they are not good at all. In a very short space of time they could all be dead unless they bow out fast. And Arien looks to have taken a LOT of punishment. He only hopes the mage is still standing.
"Arien! Get yourself, Tratain and Draax out of here now! Rendezvous point! Draax, Tratain, move close to Arien and cover him as he casts!" he yells.
(OOC: Adam, am I right in thinking you still have one Dimension Door with a range of 800 feet or so?)
Renik creeps across the ceiling, sheaths his wand and draws his second blade (Move Silent 33, moves to K7 or close as possible), and waits to see if the mage can get his comrades out.
OOC Correction By Cayzle d100=12 d100=95 Wednesday February 2nd, 2005 3:17:16 PM
Carl, I forgot Renik was blinking! That's another 50% miss chance! Actually only the second rock hits, for 21 hp damage. Sorry!
Friends, keep alert for DM mistakes! I'd prefer to fix them fast, before you are dead! :-)
The Illithids - 1 Wednesday February 2nd, 2005 3:42:47 PM
Seeing how quickly his companion was mutilated and being gravely wounded himself, he touches his companion's remains and disappears (Plane Shift, at will).
==========
[OOC Note From Cayzle: Seeing as activating a spell-like ability provokes AoOs just like spellcasting, you might want to make a Con check to avoid the AoOs that would surely kill you, Mr. Mind Flayer. Just a thought. In fact, if you don't get this, I'll assume a Casting Defensively action.
Draax, AC25, HP110 d20+19=28 d8+9=13 Wednesday February 2nd, 2005 8:02:58 PM
Draax steps off the table avoiding the chair (K17) and swings with his thundersword at #15 (hits AC 28, for 13). "HEY COWARD! Pick on someone your own size."
Tratain AC 24 HP 39/82 (Sanctuary) d20+20=27 d8+11=19 Wednesday February 2nd, 2005 10:52:49 PM
Tratain defensively Casts Sanctuary on himself defensively (27 vs. DC 16) and checks to see if Arien is alright. (DC 16 Will Save for sancuary)
------------------------------------------ Blade Barrier - Round 2 of 11 minutes Sanctuary - Round 1 of 11
OOC: Couple Things First, Draax Only Took a 5 foot step so he should get the rest of His attacks. Second Giant Number 15, which i'm pretty sure killed Arien outright should have taken Damage again from the Blade Barrier at the begining of his turn I believe. If he chose to stay on our side of the Barrier since he can't be in our squares hes still standing in the blade Barrier I think. I'm actually not sure that he can choose to be on our side of the barrier at all since hed have to displace us or choose to stand in it. Third From what i remember about Ariens HP and AC i'm pretty sure he's dead outright. If theres any chance at all he can be saved Tratain would heal him, using an AOE Heal spell. The casting defensivly roll i used is enough to pass that as well and Tratain and Arien would heal 19.
Arien (hp -2, AC 21, Mage Armor) Thursday February 3rd, 2005 12:04:54 AM
Two of the blows connect with the mage and send him falling to the ground in a bleeding heap.
(Second hit missed thanks to the +4 cover bonus from Blade Barrier, other two hit.)
OOC Correction/Revision By Cayzle d20+6=25 d20+6=26 11d6(2+5+5+4+5+5+4+6+2+4+3)=45 Thursday February 3rd, 2005 5:31:09 AM
Good questions about Blade Barrier have been brought to my attention. Five giants, 13, 14, 15, 16, and 7, were in the Barrier when it was cast.
Giant 13 made his save and was able to immediately chose the side he ended up on. No problem there.
Giants 16 and 7 did not save, but were mostly on the near side of the Barrier. When it was their turn, they left the barrier space and took no further damage.
Giants 15 and 14 did not save and were mostly on the far side of the Barrier. When it was their turn, they stepped through the Barrier to end up on the near side. When they did that, they should have saved a second time. Here are those two new second saves, and their result. Huh! Those lucky giants rolled a 25 and a 26. They took half damage as they passed through. That's half of 11d6, or 22 hp.
Now, after Giants 15 and 14 came through, they were in a tight space. I'm ruling that the standard squeezing rules applied to them. That's -4 AC, -4 attacks, and half move speed.
Giant 14 criticalled his Yuan Ti target, killed it, and moved into its space. No revision is needed.
Giant 15 attacked Arien. Arien mentioned in his post that he survived because of a +4 cover bonus. In fact, it was a -4 squeezing penalty. As a result, only two of the three attacks hit the mage. He was brought to -2 and fell. Then Tratain healed Arien for 19, bringing him to 17 (though he is still prone).
Note that Arien posted after Tratain (i.e., after being healed). Therefore, Arien still has a full round's worth of action (prone, at 17 hp) before the round is over.
Note that standing up from being prone is a move action that provokes Attacks of Opportunity. Also note that it is certainly possible to attack (at a penalty) or cast spells (no penalty) while prone. If you choose to move while prone, crawling five feet is a move action that provokes AoOs. You cannot take a "five foot step" while prone. Casting a spell, of course, provokes AoOs as usual regardless of whether you are prone or not, unless you make a concentration check to cast defensively.
Also, as was pointed out, Draax only took a five foot step before attacking. He is entitled to a full round attack, not just a single swing.
Therefore, before we bid this round of combat adieu, I would please like Arien to take his full round of actions, and Draax to complete his full round of attacks.
I hope these clarifications and revisions seem fair to everybody? I appreciate your patience with me (first DMing experience at this level of play), and thanks for working hard to explain your points of view.
After Draax and Arien have posted, I'll proceed with my DM post as usual. Gentlemen?
Draax, AC25, HP110, finishing action d20+14=28 d20+9=20 d8+9=15 d8+9=11 Thursday February 3rd, 2005 5:45:49 AM
Hit AC 28 for 15 and AC 20 for 11.
Arien (hp 17, AC 21, Mage Armor) d20+9=21 d20+22=38 Thursday February 3rd, 2005 10:27:50 PM
Seeing the giant right in front of him Arien realizes he isn't in the best of positions and quickly nips up into a standing position (Tumble Check 21). Seeing the way the combat was going Arien decides to get them out of there, grabbing Tratain and Draax, Arien Dimension Doors them as far away as he can back towards the bridge. (Casting Defensively: 38)
The Mind Flayer seems to falter for a moment as it concentrates on casting defensively -- then it remembers that it has the Combat Casting feat, and it sighs a sigh of relief as it beats its needed roll by one! POOF! The Mind Flayer disappears.
Draax takes a careful step forward and attacks Giant 15, who is feeling squeezed. All three of Draax's swings connect, inflicting 39 hp damage to the already quite wounded giant.
Tratain carefully cures Arien, after the mage is crushed to the floor.
With that help, Arien returns to consciousness. He nimbly stands up and casts his Dimension Door. POOF! All three of our heroes are gone. They find themselves outside the fort, outside the inner wall, but still in the giant's land. The forest (and rendez-vous point) they seek is still a little ways off.
Renik watches this as he puts away his wand and scuttles across the ceiling, drawing a sword as he moves. Since he is scuttling, pressed against the ceiling in order to stay out of reach, he is moving at half speed. Since he did this moving while hiding and being quiet (and since Carl did not apply the -5 penalty for using these skills at normal speed), he is moving at half speed in order to be stealthy. So with the sneaky scuttling, Renik's move action takes him only 5 feet (a quarter of 30), to K9.
Renik is still invisible, but I'm putting him back on the map as he is the only PC present.
On the bright side, Renik's Hide check of 30 is actually a 50 when the invisibility is factored in. Now he is truly invisible -- event the keen-eyed giants cannot spot him.
The three remaining Yuan Ti act in desperation.
Yuan Ti D concentrates, and uses his spell like ability without provoking an AoO. He attempts to Polymorph Giant 13. The giant rolls a natural 20.
Yuan Ti C attempts to Avert Giant 7, instilling a fear of snakes. It also resists.
Yuan Ti B changes into a small snake and slithers under the table, hiding.
The drow stand and watch. They clearly do not want to die. They throw down their weapons.
Giant 13 staps up and kills Yuan Ti D. Giant 6 whacks Yuan Ti C for 27. Hound A bites Yuan Ti C for 9 more. Plus the 11 from last round, the total on him is enough to drop it.
Giants 4 and 5 call for hounds to flush out the snake.
With only the cowed Drow, unseen Renik and a hiding Yuan Ti still present, the giants are left with a clear victory.
Oops! I put Renik in K10. But he is really in K9. No time to remake the darn map!
Tratain AC 24 HP 58/82 Friday February 4th, 2005 12:35:13 PM
Tratain sticks close to Arien as they Run for the Rendezvous point and will use his protector ability to Intercept attacks for him if they run into trouble outside.
Once there he says to Sarigar, "We are Probably going to have to leave in a Hurry, get Ready. Do you have the Tapestry?"
Draax, AC20, HP110 Saturday February 5th, 2005 12:18:04 AM
When they arrive in the forest Draax switches to his bow to cover their retreat to the rendezvous place. He is a little disappointed that the prince double-crossed them before they had a chance to double-cross him.
"Unless someone has some instant teleporting spell handy, we are going to have a long run home. I was hoping to free some of the slaves on this trip, but I guess we will have to come back for them, especially since we found the halfling girl that Feng promised to rescue. Let's get ready for some company in case Renik brings some guests with him."
Draax hands Arien two potions of CLWs, "Here ya go Arien. Get some of you stamina back while ya can."
Looking back towards the keep Draax leans against a tree and readies an arrow while they wait.
Arien (hp 32, AC 21, Mage Armor) d8+1=7 d8+1=8 Saturday February 5th, 2005 4:00:45 PM
"Thanks Draax, let's hope Renik gets out of there ok, I didn't want to leave him but there was no other choice. We have the tapestry now so I say we get out of here then finish the story so we can get Feng back, and perhaps ransom the king's son for the slaves, plus we should be able to capture our wayward bard."
Renik (Flying, Blinking, Invisible) d20+21=37 d20+14=16 d100=36 d20+21=33 d20+14=22 d20+14=33 Sunday February 6th, 2005 7:43:47 AM
The rogue lays motionless against the ceiling for a moment, waiting to see what the giants do next (Hide 57 inc invis, Listen 16).
Then he floats up through the roof (Blink check 36), flies straight up a further 100 feet with his elven cloak wrapped tightly around him (Hide 53 inc Invis), then heads for the treeline at top speed. He does not head for the rendezvous point, but towards a point at around 33 degrees to it in case anyone is able to follow his progress. As he flies he keeps a regular eye on the giant camp, using watching to see what the giants do next (Spot 22, Listen 33).
Once he reaches the treeline he drops and circles back around to the rendezvous point under cover of the woodland.
Assuming he is able to successfully meet up with the others he will report what he has seen, and suggest they depart as quickly as possible. He also asks Arien how long it will be before he is able to Teleport the party out of this location.
Sarigar and Black Paws (cv 132, AC19/17) Sunday February 6th, 2005 3:25:24 PM "I hid it. If the biggins found us, they wouldn't find the wall blanket. We go dig it up."
The brothers step away from the camp for a few minutes. They return, covered in dirt carrying a bundle. Unwrapping it, he hands the book and tapestry to Tratain, then stuffs his "blanket" back into his pack, still covered in dirt and muck.
"Brother and I is ready."
Spells prepared: Longstrider, Magic Fang
A Rendezvous (DM Cayzle) Sunday February 6th, 2005 6:48:00 PM
Renik stays long enough at Bone Castle to see that the last Yuan Ti is doomed, and that things don't look good for the Drow either.
Then he is away, moving carefully. He feels sure that he is not followed. At the rendevzous point, Draax, Arien, Tratain, and Renik are reunited with Sarigar. Only Feng and Rond are still missing, trapped in the Tapestry.
You can't help wonder how long they can survive in there. What if they become permanently lost? What if the Tapestry assimilates them? Can you afford any delay?
The problem, of course, is that no one knows how to activate the magic of the Tapestry. What could you try? And even with a blind attempt to trigger it, who knows what would happen? But can you afford to wait?
How will our heros resolve this dilemma and restore their friends?
Tratain 2d8(5+2)+10=17 3d8(7+3+6)+11=27 Sunday February 6th, 2005 8:37:17 PM
Tratain will heal himself, Renik and Arien.
Tratain Says "Should we keep moveing or try and get the tapestry to activate and get our friends out. Arien and I will be able to Teleport us back to the City Tomorrow."
Heal Tratain 17 Heal Renik 27 (How many HPs is Arien down?)
Renik (Fully healed) d20+16=34 Monday February 7th, 2005 7:53:59 AM
The rogue thanks Tratain for his healing, and Sarigar for his prudence.
"Sarigar, I need you to be lookout. Keep well hidden, but keep an eye on activity at the fort. If there is any sign of movement, hunting parties or release of those hounds I want to know at once.
Arien, I want to be out of here as fast as possible. But before we go we need to see if we can get Feng and Rond out of there. Study the Tapestry and book to see if there is anything you can do to get it working (OOC: Spellcraft check?).
Draax, Tratain, let's get ready to move out quickly if needs be. But if we find unwelcome folk leaving the tapestry I want you ready to take them down."
Renik also takes a look at the tapestry and book, wondering if just fiddling about can succeed where Arien's more tudious approach might not (UMD 34!). If he succeeds in working out its use he will try to release only Feng and Rond, not the others.
Sarigar and Black Paws (cv 132, AC19/17) d20+30=39 d20+25=44 d20+19=25 d20+14=18 d20+15=22 d20+19=30 Monday February 7th, 2005 12:27:18 PM
Sarigar simply nods to Renik and dashes off into the brush toward the fort. Once they're a couple hundred feet from the party, they will begin prowling (Hide 39, Move Silent 44) and hiding their trail (Survial 25). If they somehow get caught, they won't lead the bigguns to the pack.
They will backtrack the party's movements and attempt to hide their trail (Survival 30), going so far as to leave false markings to hide the party's scent from the hounds.
If they can make it that far, they will move to where they can see the fort and take up watching for pursuit (Spot 18, Listen 22).
Should they see any signs of the giants following the pack, Black Paws will howl in warning and the brothers will try to make a trail leading away from the party that the giants might follow. As beat up as the party looked, right now, the brothers have the best chance of survival by hiding in the wild and keeping the giants busy with false trails. They will not lose another pack.
Draax, AC21, HP110 Monday February 7th, 2005 6:10:36 PM
Draax stands with his bow ready, "I would feel more comfortable if we were on the other side of that bridge we crossed, but we do need to get our friends out of there. We might have to let the story play itself out before we can retrieve our friends. I remember the drow saying that he could not force the bard to leave the tapestry and that the thief would have to leave it on his own. If that is the case, we might get stuck with everyone in the tapestry coming out at the same time and we might have to physically drag the bard out.
Draax rubs his chin for a second, "Is the writing the drow put in the book still there? If we can see what he put in the book and how he worded it, we might at least be able to move the story along to its conclusion."
Arien (hp 32, AC 21, Mage Armor) Monday February 7th, 2005 10:34:22 PM
Arien skims through the book to see if anything jumps out for getting people out of the tapestry. If he finds anything he relays it to the rest of the group, otherwise he figures that they'll just have to let the story play out to its end.
(Arien is down 16 hp)
The Tapestry Activated (DM Cayzle) d100=51 d100=2 d100=89 d100=3 Tuesday February 8th, 2005 7:24:07 AM
Sarigar brings out the Tapestry, which amazingly looks clean and free of soil. Then Sarigar goes off to cover the backtrail.
Arien looks the thing over. At Draax's suggestion, he looks over the book, too. But in the end, after an hour or so of study, he admits defeat. This will take intensive research to figure out, he concludes.
Finally, just as Sarigar and Black Paws are returning, Renik tries a move of desperation. He attempts to activate the item just by jiggering with it! And this time, at least, he succeeds!
Suddenly, and surprisingly, the cloth shimmers, and the clearing is much more crowded.
In addition to the entire party, including Rond and Feng, there is a gnome who looks vaguely familiar (the question mark on the map). There is another human, who also looks familiar (the B on the map). And there is a giant, a mind flayer, and a snake-man!
The snake man and the mind flayer are not surprised.
[Since the entire party is here, I will control all NPCs, thanks!]
Mind Flayer and Yuan Ti d20+9=13 3d4(3+1+4)=8 Tuesday February 8th, 2005 7:32:15 AM
The mind flayer and the snake-man look at each other. You can almost see the calculations going on as they take in their surroundings.
The Yuan Ti acts immediately. It creates Deeper Darkness. Everyone within 60 feet now has concealment and a 20 percent miss chance.
The mind flayer shouts, "We are betrayed! Kill the humans!"
It takes a five foot step to N10 and uses a Mind Blast. Everyone but the giant must make a Will Save (DC17) or be stunned for 8 rounds.
The Yuan Ti fails its save.
Draax, AC21, HP110 d20+6=25 d20+18=29 d20+13=19 d20+8=19 d8+4=12 d8+4=6 d8+4=5 Tuesday February 8th, 2005 8:07:15 AM
Draax takes a 5 foot step to G13 and fires 3 arrows at point-blank-range to the spot where he saw the giant before the darkness fell upon them. (AC28 for 12, AC19 for 6, AC19 for 5). He yells "SOMEONE GRAB THE THEIF."
OOC: Cayzle I will let you apply the minuses to the rolls for the concealment and roll the chance to miss for any successful hits.
Renik (Flying) d20+6=20 d20+13=25 d20+8=9 d20+10=22 d20+10=26 d100=32 Tuesday February 8th, 2005 9:02:10 AM
The rogue feels the battering mental assault slam into him, but is able to shake it off (Will 20).
Activating his boots Renik hovers a foot or two into the air (gaining higher ground) and grabs at the bard.
Grapple Attempt: Beats concealment (32) 1) AC vs AoO 23 2) Touch Att: hits AC 25 (+1 higher ground, +2 flanking), AC 9 if first misses. 3) Hold: Grapple check 22. If hold succeeds Renik will Pin (check 26) 4) Move into space L10 (5' step into bard's space)
He calls out "I'm on sluglip. Feng, take down the Mind Flayer, everyone else on the giant! Take him down fast, as much damage as you can manage! Ignore that lizard, he'll keep!"
Tratain AC 24 HP 75/82 d20+20=23 Tuesday February 8th, 2005 9:53:23 AM
Tratain Defensively Casts Divine Power Upon Himself (23 vs DC 19) and Immediately Follows it up with a Quickened Divine Favor and steps up towards the Giant.
Tratain Continued d20+14=29 Tuesday February 8th, 2005 9:55:11 AM
Will save passed 29
DM Cayzle OOC Tuesday February 8th, 2005 10:18:43 AM On Darkness: The Darkness does not create pitch blackness at all. It creates/imposes "shadowy illumination" like that at the fringes of torchlight. You can see everything just fine -- unless someone uses the shadows to hide in (in which case we'll be rolling spot checks vs hide checks). So there is no problem targetting enemies, for example.
Moreover, the effect of the darkness is that if you make an attack roll against a creature in the darkness, you also roll a d100, and on a 1-20, you miss. (If you have the Blind Fighting feat, you can roll twice and take the better roll.)
On Grappling: Yes, there are new Woldian rules for grapples in development, but they are not yet official. Until they are, please use the standard rules. A grapple provokes an attack of opportunity. Then you make a touch attack to grab. Then you make opposed grapple checks. Carl did it just fine above.
Any other questions?
Sarigar and Black Paws (CV132, AC19/17 d20+13=21 d20+13=20 d6+4=9 d6+4=7 d6+13=16 d20+13=26 d6+3=7 Tuesday February 8th, 2005 10:32:41 AM
Startled for just a moment as the tapestry vomits its contents into the clearing and by the darkness crashing down over the party, the brothers gather their senses and attack. They rush (no charge unless necessary) in for the giant and rip into him with a wild fervor (AC21/AC20, Dmg 9/7 if hits from Sarigar, AC26 Dmg7 from Black Paws)
Note: Due to his Scent ability, Sarigar can pinpoint enemies within 5 feet and ignores the miss chance due to concealment/invisibility.
Philip K Tuesday February 8th, 2005 10:34:31 AM
As per the Lost Child Tooth & Nail, a claw/claw is one attack, thus Sarigar's two swings. This was one of the concerns on the list but still has not been resolved.
Also, again, I'm not able to get to the map, so I'm fighting blind atm. I'll check it when I get home.
Feng Tuesday February 8th, 2005 9:03:02 PM
It takes Feng a moment to realise that he's no longer in the tapestry. The familiar feel of his breastplate armor, the grip of his two headed axe in his hands. He looks around seeing an illithid, snake men, and a giant.
"I take it things went as expected?"
Rond d20+4=17 Tuesday February 8th, 2005 10:43:34 PM
Having just 'popped' out of the Tapesty, Rond takes a moment to size up what's going on. As he makes his save for one of the attacks (will=17), he realizes way too much stuff is going on.
"Why is it people always attack first, and ask questions later?!"
Rond will do what he need in order to defend himself.
Arien 11d6(4+4+6+3+6+4+5+5+1+5+2)=45 d20+12=31 Wednesday February 9th, 2005 1:25:39 AM
Arien shakes off the blast easily (Will Save 31), and remembering the beating he recently took from the hands of a giant, steps back and blasts him with a chain lightning. The lightning arcs out to hit the snake man and the illithid as well.
(Damage 45, Ref DC 23, Snakeman and Illithid only take half damage before save.)
Stan/Draax d100=89 d100=87 d100=24 Wednesday February 9th, 2005 2:01:08 AM
Rolled chances to hit for previous rolls, all above 20.
Sarigar and Black Paws (CV132 AC19/17) d20+4=24 d20+6=21 Wednesday February 9th, 2005 12:03:09 PM
Forgot my saves vs. the stun blast from the Illithid. Both of the brother saved so they act as stated above.
Angry Giant (DM Cayzle) d20+5=15 [save for bard vs blast] d20+3=23 [stunned bard's opposed grapple check] d20+20=36 [Tratain casts quick spell defensively] d20+27=37 2d8(8+1)+15=24 [giant AoO on Tratain] d20+7=19 [Giant failed cl save] d20+13=15 [Arien's failed spell penetration roll] d20+10=17 [failed YT save] d20+24=30 d20+19=36 d20+14=19 2d8(7+1)+28=36 2d8(6+4)+28=38 2d8(2+2)+28=32 [giant attacks Feng] Wednesday February 9th, 2005 5:30:01 PM
Drax fires at the giant. One of his arrows hits, for 12 hp damage. (the giant's AC right now is 22. That drops to 20 as soon as he starts raging). (Remember that unless you have the Precise Shot feat, you take a -4 penalty shooting into melee.) (Note that you CAN see through the Darkness. It really is more like Dimness!)
Renik grabs at the criminal the group seeks. The Mind Flayer's blast stunned the fugitive, so he does not get an attack of opportunity to fend Renik off. But amazingly, he manages to fend off the grapple (opposed grapple check, a nat 20, blocks Renik's grapple check of 22.) Since he is stunned and not going anywhere soon, Renik chooses not to continue the grapple attempt. (Hope that's okay). (By the way, how is it that Renik can activate a magic item (boots) and attack in the same round?)
Tratain gets off his Divine Power and Quickened Divine Favor with no problem. (I rolled a casting defensively check for you for the quickened spell, no prob. Unless you can find me a rule that says quick spells don't provoke AoOs? No matter this turn anyway.) Then Tratain steps on the Tapestry to square J11, ready to protect his friend, the wounded Arien.
Sarigar and Black Paws start the round in the woods almost 60 feet from the fight (see map). Black Paws must spend the entire round moving up into position next to the giant (he can't charge because the dense underbrush hinders movement). The foliage is not problem for an experienced ranger like Sarigar, though, and he charges. He hits twice (because of the +2 bonus for charging) for 16 damage total.) His charge, however, means running through the giant's reach, and provoking an AoO. The giant swings his club as Sarigar approaches, hitting AC 37 for 24 hp damage.
Feng prepares for battle, and sees that a melee has erupted around him. (Feng -- I need a Will save DC17 from you to avoid the stunning effect of the Mind Flayer's blast! If you are not stunned, feel free to act, both for last round and the coming round. This is battle! Declare actions each round, please!)
Rond takes the total defense action as he resists the stun and sizes up the situation (+4 AC bonus).
Arien resists the mind blast. he steps back out of range and casts chain lightning. The giant fails his save and takes the full 45 points. The Mind Flayer has Spell Resistance 25, so I'll make Arien's spell penetration roll -- with his Spell Penetration feat, that's a d20+13. Arien rolls a 15, and the Flayer is unaffected. The stunned Snake-man, on the other hand, fails, and takes 22 points.
==========
Next Round!
The giant looks for a target. Boy, does he look mad! he recognizes Feng from the Tapestry, and shouts, "You! I'll kill you!"
He takes a five-foot step forward and swings his greatclub three times. With his powerful attack, he subtracts 5 from his attacks and adds 10 to his damage with each blow. Attacking Feng, he hits AC30 for 36, AC36 for 38, and AC19 for 32 hp damage. Please post your AC and current hp in your post header!
The Mind Flayer taks a five foot step back to 10O. It reaches into a bag and takes out a potion, which it drinks. Then it disappears.
The bard and the Yuan Ti are stunned and take no actions.
Renik (Fight Defensive, AC 34, HP 75) d20+10=22 d6+7=11 d6+19=25 [Those are Ranik's Rolls -- and I'm not seeing either miss chances or a secondary attack due to high BAB!] d100=27 d100=100 d100=64 [THOSE are the Three Miss Chances for the Giant! And he did not miss due to the concealment of the Dark.] d100=56 [that's Renik's miss chance] Wednesday February 9th, 2005 6:28:10 PM
The rogue takes a look at the stupified bard and decides he can wait. The giant is the key problem here.
He whips out his shortswords, steps up to the giant (5' step to L10) and takes a stab (hits AC 22 for 11 hp. That doesn't attract an AoO, does it? If it does, Renik will duck under an attack to get into position: Tumble 25).
He calls to his companions "No delay! Hit this giant now!"
(OOC: guys, seriously, what is the holdup? Attack already! This giant will kill us if we stand about shooting the breeze! We can't afford to be this poor at combat at this level!)
==========
[OOC from Cayzle: Taking a five foot step does not provoke an AoO. Renik is a-ok with that. But since that still leaves Renik with a full action available, he should gain more attacks (his BAB is better than +6, of course). Roll the attacks you are entitled to. And remember that 20% miss chance.
(OOC from Carl: Much as I'd love to take extra attacks this round, Renik drew his shortswords this round (Move equiv. action as Renik unfortunately lacks the Quickdraw feat), so he only gets the one attack. But I did forget the miss roll! 56: he hits.
OOC from Cayzle: Holy Smokes! *I* forgot the Giant's 20% miss chances against Feng! What an idiot *I* am!! LOL! Well, let me roll them, right here in Renik's post. 27, 100, 64. Nope, sorry Feng.]
Feng (AC 23, HP 12) d20+8=25 d20+19=37 d20+14=34 d20+14=31 d20+7=13 2d6(3+3)=6 d8+10=15 6d6(3+4+6+2+5+5)=25 3d8(5+7+3)+30=45 Wednesday February 9th, 2005 8:31:16 PM
Feng staggers from the Giant's club. At first he thought the ground was shaking from the force of the blows but it was just him. Now he was glad he was a bit paranoid and enchanted the other head of his axe. Adjusting his grip to lead with the left, Feng attacks the giant with all he's got.
OOC: Considering the world shifted around Fend suddenly and with no warning I doubted that anybody would immediately understand what was going on in the chaos that surrounded them in this situation. That's where the hold up came from. I figured that he would need a few seconds to get his bearings.
will save 25 (axe enchanted with giant bane) hit ac 37 for 21, crit with ac 31 to confirm for 70. The damage for the crit was rolled with the assumption that the bonus 2d6 is modified by the axe's x3 crit modifier. I do not know if that is right or not. His last attack of the 1st round misses with a 13. For the coming round Feng will take the chance that others will hammer the giant and lay hands on himself for 33 health.
Arien (hp 32, AC 21, Mage Armor) 11d6(2+5+5+5+5+2+5+1+4+6+4)=44 Wednesday February 9th, 2005 10:08:48 PM
No longer seeing the illithid Arien retains he focus on the giant. Since the other giants took no damage from fire Arien wonders if cold would fare better. Angling the cone upwards to catch the giant but none of the party members Arien casts Cone of Cold at the giant.
(44 Damage, Ref DC 22 for half)
Tratain AC 24 HP 86/82 (Divine Power; Divine Favor) d20+20=35 Wednesday February 9th, 2005 10:32:23 PM
Tratain Moves to Square L9 and Defensively casts Heal on Feng (35 vs DC 21)
Feng Heals 110 Points
OOC: Page 98 of PHB under the description of the Quicken spell feat - "Casting a quickened spell doesn't provoke an attack of opportunity." My concentration is high enough right now that I can't Fail a Defensive casting check either so it's all good.
---------------------------- Divine Power (BaB = to Level, 6 Enhancement to Str. 11 Temp Hit Points) - Round 2 of 11 Divine Favor (+3 Luck Bonus to Hit and Damage) - Round 2 of 10
==========
[OOC from Cayzle: Ha! The DM learns something new every day! No AoOs on Quick spells! You got it!]
Sarigar and Black Paws (CV108 AC19/17) d20+15=30 d20+15=34 d20+10=21 d20+10=13 d20+10=21 d6+4=9 d6+4=9 d6+4=10 d6+4=9 d3+1=3 d20+13=18 d20+8=20 d6+3=8 d6+3=8 Thursday February 10th, 2005 12:25:43 AM
Sarigar leaps in closer to the giant (L13) and proceeds to tear into his thigh and gut with claws and fangs (AC30, AC34, AC21, AC13, AC21(bite) Dmg 9, 9, 10, 9, 3(bite)).
Black Paws also leaps into the fray M13 and begins biting at the giant's ankles in an effort to topple the brute (AC18, AC20, Dmg 8, 8). Each tearing bite, Black Paws gives a strong twist, so that, with luck, he might topple the giant (wolf trip attack with a successful attack, not sure how it needs to be handled).
Both brothers growling ferociously, blood spatters everywhere which seems to only feed their fury.
Draax, AC 21, HP110 d20+14=32 d20+9=28 d20+4=11 d100=76 d100=99 d8+4=12 d8+4=11 Thursday February 10th, 2005 12:36:52 AM
Draax thinks about dropping his bow and rushing into melee with the giant, but with everyone already attacking he decides to pump a few more arrows in it first. Concentrating on his aim to ensure that he does not hit any of his comrades, Draax fires off 3 arrows and is rewarded by 2 hits (AC32 for 12dmg, AC28 for 11 dmg, (23dmg total))
Rond AC 19 (23) HP 111 d20+13=16 d20+13=24 d20+8=22 d20+13=33 d20+13=31 d10+7=8 d10+7=9 d10+7=11 d6+5=9 Thursday February 10th, 2005 7:34:07 AM
After getting the time to look around, Rond sees the attack on Feng, and says, "No." Worried for his friend Feng, Rond moves with all haste for as much of an attack that he can get.
(AC 16, AC 24, AC 22, used hero point to re-roll first attack. Possible Crit, then Crit for 17 points for crit, 11 and 9. 37 total, if he can get all his attacks. (with extra time from last round? ;) )
Bloody Frozen Mess! (DM Cayzle) d20=2 [save vs massive damage] d20+7=10 [save vs cone] Thursday February 10th, 2005 5:09:01 PM
Renik draws his weapons, takes a step up and stabs at the giant. He hits for 11 hp.
Feng inflicts massive damage on the giant (see next) and then suffers greatly in retaliation. Unlike the giant, though, Feng has access to his own healing ability, not to mention a high-powered cleric pal! By the end of the round, Feng is feeling peachy, and the giant is feeling the pain.
But how hurt is the giant? Feng's first hit lands a solid 21. His next hit is a critical, but extra dice of damage are never multiplied in a crit (per the SRD). So his damage on that is 45 plus 7 from the first two dice of bane damage -- or 52 hp. That's enough to trigger a death from massive damage save, but the giant only fails that save on a 1 ... a 2! he lives! Feng inflicts a total of 73 hp. Impressive!
Then Feng heals himself, and Tratain heals him too. That heal spell felt real, real good!
Arien seals the deal with a cone of cold. Between the giant bane weapon and the fire giant's obvious sensitivity to cold, our poor raging giant is very sad! He fails his save and takes a telling 66 points from that!
"Aaiieee!" screams the large humanoid! Let's tote up his damage as he wails. He started the round down 73. Feng added 73 to that. 11 from Reniik. And 66 from Arien. That's a total of 150 points added to the 73 from last round -- a total of 223! Well, let's let our giant's wail in fact be his death cry, as he topples over, a frozen bloody mess!
You'll note that poor Draax and Sarigar and Black Paws are left with nobody to fight, aside from the stunned bard and snake man.
What about them? Remember that "stunned" is not the same as helpless. They can't act, but they will defend. Still, if you want to surround a stunned foe and swing away, there won't be much left after a round or three.
And is that Mind Flayer still around?
No map this time. No need for it. But we are still in combat mode until the remaining creatures are dealt with. Go ahead and say what you want to do for the next few rounds.
DM Cayzle Adds A Note Thursday February 10th, 2005 10:28:20 PM
Go ahead and roll three or four spot checks for me each, friends! I doubt I'll need all of them, but better safe than sorry.
Tratain AC 24 HP 86/82 (Divine Power; Divine Favor) d20+9=11 d20+9=15 d20+9=21 d20+9=24 Friday February 11th, 2005 12:34:35 AM
Right after the Giant Falls Tratain casts Invisibility Purge. All forms of Invisibility are Negated within 55 Feet of Tratain.
Tratain also attempts to spot the Illithid if it is further away.
(Spot 11, 15, 21, and 24)
Draax, AC21, HP110 Friday February 11th, 2005 1:13:31 AM
Draax puts away his bow, pulls out some rope from his backpack and begins to tie up the snakeman. When the snakeman is secure, he will begin removing all visible weapons, rings, earrings, necklaces, nose-rings, and anything else that he can see. Hoping that the thing is a male and not really sure if he could tell the different anyway, Draax will then proceed to remove any clothing/armor including gloves, hat, and boots. Once he believes that he has removed all that there is he will moves the item away from the creature and then return his attention back to what is going on around them.
Renik d20+14=16 d20+14=28 d20+14=33 d20+9=23 Friday February 11th, 2005 7:42:13 AM
Renik keeps an eye out for the mind flayer, (Spot 16, 28, 33), as he moves over to help Draax bind the lizardman and loot the bodies. If the mind flayer is spotted he will fly after him at top speed and attack (using blinking for sneak attacks).
That done he walks up to the bard and greets him cheerfully. "Good day to you sir, I trust you enjoyed your little holiday? Time to come home now, I'm afraid."
He asks Tratain and Feng to hold the bard and searches him for the items they were sent to find (search 23).
Feng (AC 23, HP 105) d20=18 d20=19 d20=16 d20=3 Friday February 11th, 2005 9:40:28 AM
Feng is relieved that the magical healing came so quickly for a moment he really hurt. The Giant hurt him worse than the white dragon and that's saying something. He complies with Renik's request and holds the bard.
ooc: spot check: 18, 19, 16, 3
Sarigar and Black Paws (SV108 AC19/17) d20+15=33 d20+15=17 d20+15=17 d20+15=31 d20+19=21 Friday February 11th, 2005 11:06:29 AM
Finding themselves robbed of their prey, they look around for others. Seeing as the snake never did anything to them and is apparently incapable of doing so, they look for the Illithid which did try to hit them with something.
If the Illithid is still around, Black Paws should have no trouble catching up to him (base move 50). If they do pick up a trail (Survival 21), Sarigar will cast Longstrider on himself to help him get the edge in speed on the Illithid.
Draax (spot checks) d20+5=22 d20+5=19 d20+5=23 d20+5=14 Monday February 14th, 2005 6:33:16 AM
OOC: Sorry forgot my spot checksm 22, 19, 23, 14
Stunned, Dispelled, and Tied (DM Cayzle) Monday February 14th, 2005 11:31:57 AM
Tratain dispels the mind flayer's invisibility just as it was about to try picking up the Tapestry.
Draax, Renik, and Feng, overbear the bard and tie him up. It is not too hard since he is not only stunned, but, frankly, a bit of a weakling.
Sarigar casts Longstrider.
The Mind Flayer looks startled and then simply pops out.
The snake man is still stunned, but for how much longer?
Tratain Tratain AC 24 HP 86/82 (Divine Power; Divine Favor) d20+18=31 d20+13=30 d20+8=9 d8+10=16 d8+10=12 2d6(3+2)=5 2d6(4+5)=9 Monday February 14th, 2005 1:14:36 PM
Tratain Moves over to the Snake Man and Says "Knock the Snake man out, It'll be hours before he wakes up, and he can't go back to the giant fort. My be is they'll kill him if he shows himself there so we won't have to worry about him. Plus we'll be hours ahead of them and any persuite by then."
Tratain hits the Snake Man attempting to knock it out causing non-leathel Damage. Tratain swings His Warhammer 3 Times connecting twice for Non-leathel damage. (First Hit 21 Damage - 16 Physical, 5 Holy; Second Hit 21 Damage 12 Physical, 9 Holy; To hit Rolls are 31, 30, and fumble)
---------------------------------
---------------------------- Divine Power (BaB = to Level, 6 Enhancement to Str. 11 Temp Hit Points) - Round 4 of 11 Divine Favor (+3 Luck Bonus to Hit and Damage) - Round 4 of 10
Sarigar and Black Paws (CV108, AC19/17) d20+14=34 d20+15=33 d20+25=42 d20+30=37 Monday February 14th, 2005 3:57:50 PM
With nothing else to do, the brothers skirt the area making sure nothing else is around or coming (Listen 34 *nat 20*, Spot 33).
If they discover something: The brothers alert the others to the danger as silently as they can and immediately move to a location to ambush the intruders (Hide 42, Move Silently 37).
If the area seems clear: Knowing that the pack needs to get on the move, they make several impatient looks to the party and make movements as if they might leave in the direction of the bridge.
Renik Monday February 14th, 2005 5:23:07 PM
"Nice work Tratain. Let's gather things up and get out of here. I want to be as far away from here as possible. For all we know the Ilithid will head back to the camp and get captured by the giants. Sarigar, see if you can cover our tracks and keep an eye out for anyone following. Everyone else let's get moving. We need to find a defensible area to let Arien prepare his spells."
Renik will take the lead, flitting through the trees and leading the party in a wide circle back around towards the bridge. He will try to stick to the trees, and from time to time will climb a tree to check for signs of pursuit.
(Sorry, just dicovered little lad has a temperature of 104, no time for rolls, please make any required Cayzle. Thanks.)
Draax, AC21, HP110 Tuesday February 15th, 2005 3:58:15 AM
Draax grabs the rope that is attached to bard and pulls him along as the group moves out.
Feng (AC 23, HP 105) d20=5 Tuesday February 15th, 2005 8:27:44 AM
"I'll feel much better once we are free of this place. There is much to be done here but we are ill equpied to do so." Feng says and keeps a watchful eye for giants or any other trouble.
ooc: spot check: 5
On the Move (DM Cayzle) Tuesday February 15th, 2005 9:04:56 AM
Tratain knocks the snake-man unconscious, and the group moves off towards the bridge. Renik leads the way; Sarigar covers your tracks. Draax takes charge of the prisoner.
What will you do as you approach the bridge and troll?
Sarigar and Black Paws (CV108, AC19/17) d20+19=23 d20+14=32 d20+15=28 Tuesday February 15th, 2005 11:04:22 AM
The brothers trail the party by a good 100 or more feet and cover their trail (Survival 23). Every so often they'll stop and look out for pursuit of any kind (Listen 32, Spot 28). I they happen to come across a cave or decent sized fissure in which the pack can rest, he'll bring it to their attention.
ooc: I thought the giant fort took us a day or two to get to once past the bridge. If my memory is correct, we should have time to rest and redo spells and such before we even get there.
Renik Tuesday February 15th, 2005 6:36:00 PM
(OOC: Fair point from Philip! Also, did Renik find anything when searching the bard? Have we located the missing items?)
If there is a chance to rest before the bridge then Renik suggests they keep two on watch in 3 shifts in whilst the spellcasters meditate and rest, in order to memorise as many Teleportation spells as possible. After that he will suggest the bard is ported out first, along with as many of the team as possible. He will remain (with Sarigar if he will stay) as the last to leave, as they are best equipped to keep hidden from any foes.
If they reach the bridge before this is possible Renik will suggest they make camp in cover, and ask Sarigar and Draax to join him in concealed surveillance of the path and bridge whilst the spellcasters recharge.
DM Cayzle OOC Tuesday February 15th, 2005 8:36:27 PM
Yup! Exactly right. What I am saying is that you travel without incident for a couple days. The next obstacle is the bridge. I'm assuming that you are all healed up and have the spells you wish prepared.
Draax, AC21, HP110 Tuesday February 15th, 2005 8:44:46 PM
Draax follows the others while pushing the prisoner ahead of him. He will turn the prisoner over to someone else and join Renik and Sarigar during their surveillance of the path and the bridge.
Tratain Tuesday February 15th, 2005 10:38:42 PM
Tratain will cast Detect Magic before the party leaves the clearing and make sure any Magical Items as well as mundane items are stripped from the Snake Man, Bard and Giant before the party sets out.
Tratain says "If we can Rest Arien and I should be able to teleport us all out. I think Arien will have to Make two Trips, by my count there are 10 of us that need to be returned to Platau City. I am only able to bring 3 people with me. How about you Arien?"
----------------------------------- OOC: By my count there are 8 of us I believe in the Party, Plus Black Paws and The Bard.
Detects and Delays (DM Cayzle) Wednesday February 16th, 2005 6:50:26 AM
Before leaving the clearing, Tratain scans for magic. The giant's large chainmail and large greatclub are magical. The group adds that to the party's loot.
In searching the bard, you note that he has on him the stolen Communication Coin and the logbook, written in code, that you seek. The bard is also carrying magic items: a wand, an amulet, a periapt; and an Ioun Stone whizzes around his head. He also has a high quality nonmagic harp and many small rubies. What do you do with all these?
Tratain also takes note of the Drow wizard's magic bag, which no one has yet opened.
Sarigar finds a place where several huge boulders lean against each other -- a natural shelter, from which you evict a fox, and in which you can safely spend the night. It is cold, but warmer than it was on the walk here. You rest here and in the morning prepare spells.
Renik sets watches, and Draax is especially vigilant.
Up ahead is the troll on the bridge.
When Tratain talks about teleporting back to Plateau City, the captive bard's eyes widen, and he begins to shake. It looks like he would run if he were not bound, or object if he were not gagged.
That suggests a problem ... the bard does not seem willing to teleport -- and the spell only works on willing targets.
==========
[OOC Comment from Cayzle: In terms of who is with the group, and who is not, plan on the following: Renik, Sarigar, Black Paws, Tratain, Arien, Draax, Feng, and the captive Bard. Frankly, other inconsistent or awol player characters will most likely leave the party as soon as you return to the City, and in the meantime, we will "fudge" their presence. Absent PCs are not available to fight, so they should not hinder you by needing, for example, to be teleported.]
Sarigar and Black Paws d20+14=31 d20+9=24 Wednesday February 16th, 2005 11:15:59 AM
ooc: Gotta saw first, awwwww, I wouldn't evict the fox, I'd use my Animal Empathy to calm him and make him friendly and ask him if we can stay =)
The brothers have no problem staying as the last group to be teleported out if needed. They are at home in the wild, and if need be, believe they could make it back to town on their own if it really came down to it.
In finding the fox's den, the brothers attempt to calm it and assure it that it will be safer with their pack there (Handle Animal 31 to try to get it to stay long enough for Wild Empathy 24 to work). They know, regardless of what they do, it will probably not like the stink of man in it's den (they wouldn't) but sadly, the pack needs the den more than the fox and if need be, they will chase it off.
The next morning, Sarigar will go about his "prayers", he quietly scurries about the area downwind from the den and marks territory, scrounges up bugs and vegetable matter (not for sustenance per se, but as part of his "ritual"). Throughout this, he asks Mittiri for a new Sprint (Long Strider) spell to replace the one he lost yesterday. For the first time, he reveals the paltry holy symbol he wears under his armor. It is of the old god, Mittiri.
Tratain d20+9=11 Wednesday February 16th, 2005 12:48:54 PM
During the Trip back to the Bridge Tratain uses a Sending spell to contact priestess Kiriana he sends "We have found the Bard, Coin and Logbook. Makeing our way back to Angel Springs. Bard Unwilling to be Teleported. Instructions?"
If Kiriana responds Tratain will share what she says with the others.
At the Bridge Tratain attempts to see if the Troll is alone or if there are giants there as well. (Spot 11)
OOC: We have the Tapestry as well correct? the Illithid didn't grab it when he teleported out? Just makeing sure our list is correct. its as follows. Giant Large Chainmail Large Greatclub
Bard COmmunication Coin and Logbook Wand Amulet Periapt Ioun Stone Several Small Rubies
Drow Wizard Magic Bag Magic Tapestry
Renik Wednesday February 16th, 2005 3:36:14 PM
"Bard, you are coming with us whether you like it or not. You are far safer with Arien's magic than you were in that Tapestry, so I'll have none of your nonsense. Arien, take the Bard and as many others as you can manage. Bard, if you give Arien here any trouble I'll beat you until you're away with the fairies, and perhaps you'll be more willing to cooperate then."
Renik draws his sap.
"Well, what's it to be?"
To Tratain he says "Would we not be better returning directly to Plateau City? Then we can hand over this popinjay, collect our dues and get to work on offloading all these wonderful goodies we've found at the Catacombs. Do we have any immediate reason to return to Angel Springs?"
He waits to hear what the others and Kiriana have to say.
Feng Wednesday February 16th, 2005 4:18:22 PM
Feng has been quiet over the last few days. He's alert for any sign of trouble but it's more than that. He thinks back to his time in the tapestry. He knows that one cannot live in a false reality but he would be lying if he didn't say that part of him wanted to stay there. It wasn't about feeling normal, for as far as he was concerned he was normal. No it was about feeling accepted. He will spend the rest of his life searching for that feeling again which will never come.
Draax, AC21, HP110 Wednesday February 16th, 2005 6:54:14 PM
Draax stays alert as he listens to the others. He says to Renik just loud enough for the bard to hear. "If the bard does not agree to come along peacefully, we could just knock him out and carry him. If he can somehow resist in his sleep we will just dump him in one of the magical bags and hope that he does not suffocate before we get back to the city to let him out."
Turning to look at the bard, but still talking to Renik "I believe his only crime was theft, poor judgment due to a broken heart, and desertion from his duties. He did not turn over the agency's items as we feared, so there is nothing that he did that would warrant his death. I would hate to have him suffocate to death in a bag of holding because he did not come back with us willingly to plead he case and face judgment for his actions."
Still looking at the bard Draax begin to tap the handle of his sword against the palm of his hand and if he was judging how much force he would need to knock someone out with it.
Knock Out? (DM Cayzle) d20-1=16 (Draax Aids Another to help Renik's Intimidate check) d20+8=17 (Renik's check, with Draax's help) d20+6=16 (Bard's opposed roll) Thursday February 17th, 2005 10:35:59 AM
Sarigar befriends the fox and convinces her to share her den. In the morning he reveals an antique holy symbol.
Tratain gets a message back from the boss: "Congratulations! Return as soon as you can, with bard."
Renik and Drax try to convince the bard to come along willingly -- through veiled and open threats and intimidation.
It seems clear that you have ungagged the bard, since you are asking him to respond. Rhiad looks at you both and sneers.
"Torture me! That's what you will do! Beat me because you can! Beat me because you are powerful. I am not surprised. You are just like those who killed my true love, Violet. You use people, you threaten them, and you intimidate them. I was a fool to believe that the organization had any morals or noble purpose."
"Fine! I have no desire to be beaten into unconsciousness. I'll go peacefully. You so-called heroes are just thugs and ruffians. It's too bad the dragons didn't destroy you when they destroyed the city. Where is the government-in-exile, then?"
(Guys, make Intimidate skill checks when you try stuff like this. Drax makes an aid another attempt at -1 and succeeds, giving Renik a +2. Renik, at +8 now on his Intimidate check, gets a 17. The bard's opposed roll is a 16! Just barely a success, but a succeess!)
Feng sits apart from this scene and seems very thoughtful.
==========
[Ah ... it's a moot point, but here is the answer we seek about teleporting an unwilling creature! From the SRD:
Some spells restrict you to willing targets only. Declaring yourself as a willing target is something that can be done at any time (even if you're flat-footed or it isn't your turn). Unconscious creatures are automatically considered willing, but a character who is conscious but immobile or helpless (such as one who is bound, cowering, grappling, paralyzed, pinned, or stunned) is not automatically willing.
If you knock out the bard, then you can teleport him. Unconscious people are automatically willing!]
Sarigar and Black Paws d20+19=21 Thursday February 17th, 2005 1:41:33 PM
The brothers mill about the area looking for things to eat, finding some small animals (mice, small birds, etc.), some mushrooms, berries, grubs and other edibles. Sarigar offers the fox a mouse or two in thanks for sharing the den and promises that he'll never do that to her again.
The rest of the meager food they've scraped up is offered to the others, though they're beginning to realize that the others don't share their pallet for real food. Their pack mates seem to prefer they dry, crunchy, bad smelling stuff they carry in their packs. "Oh well, they think, more for us."
Feeling the mild sting from the giant's hit from the day before, Sarigar does another surprising thing, he actually removes his armor. Underneathe, despite the dirt and grime covering his body, numerous scars cover his body. Most are obviously from animals, but some appear to be from weapons. One of the most prominent scars is on his neck which looks as though it would have been fatal at the time and most definitely a bite mark.
Noting the bruise on his ribs and realizing it's really not that bad, just uncomfortable, he puts his armor back on and prepares to depart. Once his armor is on and his belongings are packed, he sits in front of Black Paws, nose to nose. They sit almost completely motionless for quite a while, staring into each other's eyes as if they're having a conversation.
Tratain Thursday February 17th, 2005 10:18:22 PM
Tratain says "Arien will need to make two Trips, I'd suggest takeing the bard first. If he doesn't go willingly like he says we'll knock him out for the second trip. Hopefully the temple will be able to straighten him out, he doesn't seem right in the head. I will take whoever is left after Ariens second Trip back with me to the Temple."
After Arien Transports everyone else safely back to Plataue City Tratain will take the remainder of the Group back to the War Cathedral Via Word of Recall spell.
Draax Thursday February 17th, 2005 10:52:07 PM
Draax shakes his head and laughs softly at the bards words. Nothing they say will convince the thief that he is the bad guy in this scenario. Draax will go in the second group, waiting to see if the bard will let himself be teleported or have to be knocked out.
Out of habit Draax declines Sarigar's offer of food without looking at it.
Renik Friday February 18th, 2005 2:33:27 AM
Renik nods at Tratain's words. Tugging at the front of his jerkin he says "make it so". He smiles at the bard's words, but makes no comment.
Noting Sarigar's scars he takes some time to speak with him later, asking where the livid bite scar at his throat came from.
Back to Plateau City Friday February 18th, 2005 7:20:58 PM
[OOC: Still nothing from Arien, but I'll assume he preps the needed spells.]
Since the bard is intimidated into agreeing, the party finds itself back in Plateau City.
Where to next?
Sarigar and Black Paws Saturday February 19th, 2005 12:47:10 AM "Me and the pack found a tree lady being attacked by some orcs and worgs. Seein' as we already didn't like orcs and worgs and the tree lady'd been our friend, we helped. One of the worgs got me by the neck and shook me around. I woke up later with the tree lady making me all better. She gave me this..." Sarigar says, holding out the old, slightly tarnished symbol of Mittiri for Renik to see. "She said she sensed that I'd been touched by nature. Said Mittiri was in me and my pack. Dunno about that, but I keep it since she asked me to."
Once in Plateau City, and once again assailed by the stench of "civilization" the brothers are eager to make their way to their den in Gladiator Park. If needed, they will go with the rest of the pack to see the church lady.
Back in the park, they quickly realize that there aren't any decent sized bodies of water. Not exactly eager to meander through the city streets, they follow whatever scents of nature they can catch on the wind and find their way to the druid quarter. Much more to their liking, they set up a den then take a fresh dip in the lake to clean up and ease their bruised ribs.
Arien Saturday February 19th, 2005 4:13:11 AM
Arien brings teleports with passengers in tow to Plateau City, once everyone meets up Arien stays to the side and waits for a decision to be made.
(Ack sorry guys, caught a nasty case of the flu and was pretty much out of commision until today, had to go the doctors and everything. That plus having my computer crash and me not being well enough to actually work on it until today is what has kept me away.)
Tratain Saturday February 19th, 2005 6:10:06 PM
Tratain walks with the Others to the War Cathedral to drop off the Bard he says to the others "Any Plans for after? There was that letter delivered to us but i don't know what we can do about it. Maybe Kiriana and the others have discovered anything about it. I kind of doubt it though, I don't think the letter said much beyond I used to work for your old employer come find me and talk to me."
Renik Sunday February 20th, 2005 5:40:24 PM
Renik grins and says to Sarigar "Mittiri eh? Well, whoever saved you it sounds like you had a pretty lucky escape. And by the look of you, friend I'd say that tree lady was probably right about you having been touched by nature. When we get back to the city I really must give you the name of my barber. And couturier. And manicurist. And, by the look of it, my pedicurist too."
As they head towards the meet with Kiriana the rogue nods at Tratain's words. "In truth recent events had pushed that note clear out of my mind, but you are right Tratain. It does bear further investigation." He fishes the note out and reads it once more.
Ladies and Gentlemen,
Do forgive me for writing you an anonymous letter. I am an old friend of the late Marcus. For the last few years my association with him was not only personal, but also professional. It was during one of our common projects that I learned about your existence, though I must admit that Marcus never revealed more details about you than he absolutely had to.
Now, after more than twenty years of work, I decided to retire from my old job and pursue other goals. I am right now associated with a very fine band of seasoned explorers. We are preparing a journey to an exotic and dangerous place. You will be pleased to learn that, aside from being a promise of high adventure and great riches, this voyage also serves to further a noble cause.
Given your reputation and previous achievements, after careful deliberation, we decided to extend to you an invitation to join our group on this dangerous journey. Should you be interested in learning more details please find me within a month of the date of delivery of this letter.
I am deliberately not including my name or any other details that would make the task of locating me easier, as tracking me down is a little test we took the liberty of putting you through. I am certain that your resourcefulness and skill will make this task easy.
I hope to see you soon and talk with you in person. I wish you good luck and remain
Very Truly Yours, Prospective Partner.
"Well now, this was dropped off at the temple two weeks before we left on Kiriana's business. The note says a month, so we must be pretty close to that by now. Does anyone have any ideas about how we might locate the writer? Are there magical means to achieve such a thing?"
Then they are at the Temple, and the rogue pushes Rhiad Blackwing before him, pocketing the letter.
"We are here to deliver this fellow to Kiriana for interrogation" he announces to the temple guards.
(OOC: Anyone up for identifying the magic items we've found, or shall I take the haul off to the Catacombs to be checked over?)
Feng Monday February 21st, 2005 12:56:42 AM
While not totally thrilled with the way the bard was convinced to teleport, Feng doesn't think about it. The recent adventure was rather difficult and while he's glad to be back Feng knows he needs to get back and assist Benny as soon as he can. He gave his word after all. Perhaps his companions learned something during the time he was in the tapestry. He would have to ask at a later time.
OOC: Was the fate of Benny's love ever learned? If it was learned that she was captive at the giant camp Feng will send message to Benny with the information. Feng will have to go back and help if there is ever any downtime between missions.
Draax Monday February 21st, 2005 5:09:43 AM
Draax was so caught up in the assignment to capture the bard and recover the items that he forgot about the mysterious letter.
"I do not know what to do with the information provided by the letter. The author did not give us anything to go on except that he was an old friend of the late Marcus. The only suggestion that I could give is that we checkout some of Marcus's old acquaintances and see if any of them have a clue. I know that the Baron Balantyne is still playing the bad guy. We might be able to sneak in and have a word with him. The High lord Mayor Sturdavent had a pretty good connection with Marcus also. If either one of them or both are still alive they might have some insight. Those two are the only ones that I remember, maybe one of you can think of someone more suitable that might give us an idea of the author's identity."
Renik (sorry, 2nd post, just to speed up conversation) Monday February 21st, 2005 8:47:57 AM
"I suppose our best clue is to enquire of Kiriana or the others you mention, Draax, if any members of the Organization with a service history of more than 20 years have retired recently" ponders the rogue.
When he sees Kiriana he will pose the question.
Preparing for an Appointment (DM Cayzle) Monday February 21st, 2005 6:25:20 PM
As soon as the group is back, they high-tail it over to HQ to turn over the bard, the coin, and the code book. Job accomplished, our heroes are asked to return tomorrow to meet with Kiriana at noon.
Sarigar talks with Renik about his background, then heads over to the park. Perhaps he wonders why he thought about the tree lady. But he is restless, so he heads out, following his nose for water.
The wind beckons, with a wild taste. How odd it seems in the city. More like a breeze from the woods.
Sarigar follows his nose, and it leads him to a park he has not seen before, across from a bakery. There is a small pond there, and it seems very private. In fact, there aren't any citizens enjoying it.
How restful, and peaceful. A place like this he never found in the heart of the city before.
Sarigar blesses his luck and spends the night. He wakes refreshed, clean, and happy with dreams he does not remember -- and he wakes up on the street! The park is gone! If it ever existed. The bakery is over there ... but no park.
He rejoins his pack before it is time to meet the boss.
The rest of the group spends the night without incident. Feng asks about Benny the Halfling's love, and goes over the news that she is a captive in the giant fort, a serving girl of some kind. He hires a messenger to send word to Benny. (or you culd use a Sending spell ... )
Renik considers the group's loot. The magic contents of the Wizard's magic bag: Rock Horseshoes Pearl Cloak
There are also coins, gems, and such in different denominations totalling 10,000 gp.
Note: The bard had on him the following: Wand Amulet Periapt Ioun Stone Several Small Rubies
Did you keep these?
The group, lead by Tratain and Renik, discusses the mysterious letter. If you want to ask Kiriana about it, do so at the interview. If you want to ask around HQ, then make some Gather Info checks.
========
[OOC: Fellows, this week is a down week. Feel free to meet Kiriana, look for leads regarding Mr. Mysterious, divide loot, RP, update PC sheets, etc. I'll have xp awards tomorrow. If there is anything in particular that you wish to do, please please let me know asap. That could be specific (like "go rescue Benny's love," or "find and establish a gold mine") or general (like "lots of combat," or "encounter lots of constructs"). I appreciate the suggestions and feedback. Also, please send me any nominations for Hero Points and RP Awards. Cayzle@yahoo.com.]
Sarigar and Black Paws Monday February 21st, 2005 10:40:28 PM
The next morning, the brothers spend some time searching the area for their touch of the wild. Waking up to the stink of "civilization" was scary enough, but misplacing an entire park while they slept is, well, unsettling. Their search, unproductive (assuming it is of course), they dejectedly make their way to the temple to meet with the others.
"Ummm...the wild place is gone. We washed there, sleep there, woke up...not there. We sniffed for it again, and it not there. We no like this place, want the wild place back."
The rest of the time, during the meeting, the brothers are noticably uneasy, like their skin was crawling.
A trip back home to the Red Hills and the edges of Culverwood might be in order. Too much time in man's world has them rattled. That, or maybe it's time to hunt down their pack's killers.
Tratain d20+1=8 Monday February 21st, 2005 10:46:09 PM
When Back at the War Cathedral Tratain will ask around if anyone knows anything about the letter. Any of Marcus's friends, if anyone saw who dropped the letter off etc. (Gather info 8) He tells Renik that it may be possible to learn more through the use of a Planar Ally spell if no one is able to discover anything in a day or two, But bargining with a creature from another Plane, even a goodly one may cost decent amount of Coin if we do it.
Tratain says to the Others "I have 12 Pearls we can use for identifying the Items we found if Arien wants them, have you had time to Learn the Analyze dweomer spell we bought a while back? It will make things much easier and far less costly for us than bringing them to the catacombs or buying pearls to do the Identifying."
He continues "I believe that the Rubies that the Bard had on him belong to the Temple, they seem to fit the description of the Gems they asked us to recover. If they do belong to the temple we will return them. We should also do something with that tapestry. Turn it over to someone who can study it and keep it safe. It seems like a pretty powerful Artifact, perhapse we should bring it over to the Star Mages guild?"
During the break Tratain will train with the other Priests and recruits in the War Cathedral, wander about the Town and Help the rebuilding process if its still going on and volunteers are needed. Tratain will also attend one of the Services at Garguls temple to show his appreciation for Gargul returning his friend to life.
Tratain Monday February 21st, 2005 11:24:00 PM
Tratain will also go with whoever wants to come along to deliver Gaxx's Body to the Temple of Wardd.
(OOC: I know I cast Gentle Repose on Him and I'm pretty sure we transported his body with us. If we didn't Tratain will ask Arien to Teleport us to where we left him so we can retrieve his body._
Renik Tuesday February 22nd, 2005 11:12:42 AM
"Let's identify what we can then" suggests Renik, looking folornly at the sack of gems.
"But that Tapestry has got to be worth a pretty penny. I say if the Star Mages want it they can buy it from the Catacombs."
He waits to see the results of the magic item identification.
Feng Tuesday February 22nd, 2005 1:27:34 PM
Once he learns of the free time Feng begins to make arrangement to return and help free Benny's love. It will be dangerous but in today's world nothing worth while is easy or safe.
"Friends I must return and help Benny. I will return as soon as I am able."
OOC: Feng will head back and help Benny.
==========
[OOC: Gosh, it sure will put a monkey wrench in the game to have one character go off alone on a private quest! Especially one that will take more than a week and is dangerous! Frankly, this game has few enough steady posters as it is! Please, consider working as a team. Feng might consider that raiding the giants alone is a suicide mission. Maybe he would consider convincing his friends to join him? Just a thought -- Cayzle]
Loot and Lore (DM Cayzle) Tuesday February 22nd, 2005 10:58:16 PM
Sarigar's inarticulate attempts to relate the strange events of last night may not be clear ... but he does communicate that something happened to him!
Tratain asks around about the letter, but all he learns, second hand, is that an elf left it.
He think the group might want to seek out some supernatural source of lore. Anything more on this?
The rest of the morning sees one or two of the Hamleteers at the Temple of Gargul, returning the remains of a lost friend and giving thanks for those who are still alive.
Feng makes it very clear that he feels an obligation to rescue the halfling lass who works in shackled drudgery for the giants.
Renik is more concerned with mundane matters -- the loot! The divinations are soon resolved with the following results:
Large Chainmail +2 Large Greatclub +2 3500 gp in small rubies dark blue ioun stone periapt of health amulet of natural armor +2 wand of neutralize poison with 5 charges Stone of alarm Horseshoes of speed Pearl of power, 2nd level bag of holding type 1 Cloak of resistance +2
[OOC: I'm assuming Arien is using an Analyze Dweomer spell. If not, please pay 1,500 gp for an Organization mage to do so.]
Arien (or the Organization diviner) looks at the Tapestry and the Book while under the influence of the Analyze Dweomer. the magic is strangely enigmatic. On one page, a quote is seen: "Great Birnam Wood to High Dunsinane Hill Shall Come."
When he looks at the Tapestry, he sees a fleeting image, as of a forest on the march.
As soon as the spell ends, both the quote and image are gone -- and only the spellcaster witnessed them.
==========
OOC -- Other Awards:
Each person receives a base xp award of 9,500 xp. Role Play and Hero Point awards may raise that up. Most (or all?) will level. I'd really like to have new character sheets by Friday, or Monday anyway, so we can start the next module on Monday.
Congrats and props on making it through a difficult module -- one that stretched the group in new ways. Thanks to Marcin for the great ideas in it.
Draax Tuesday February 22nd, 2005 11:15:58 PM
Draax goes along with those that bring Graxx's body to the temple. After dropping off the body he ponders about whether to seek out the mysterious author or finding a way of keeping their promise to the halfling slaves.
"Feng lets give the giants a chance to settle back down and think that we got away. The giant chief is probably on high alert at the moment and I don't think he will be as welcoming as he was before. We are almost out of time to find the mystery man or woman, so lets take the time remaining to find out who it is and by that time the giants should have settled down enough for us to give trying to save the slaves a try."
Tratain Wednesday February 23rd, 2005 12:13:11 AM
Tratain says to Feng I hate to say it but I think we need to wait untill we are a little more powerful or can find more help in order to free the slaves Held by the Giants. I think we counted 20 to 25 of them all together plus the Hell Hounds. As it stands right now all of us together would have trouble killing 3 of them at the same time let alone trying to storm that fortress. You didn't see because you were in the tapestry but all of them were just about as strong as the one we fought when you were released from the tapestry. We may be able to sneak in and free a single halfling, but that might incite the giants to punish the rest of the slaves when they discover she is missing and assume she escaped.
Tratain tells the others I can use a lesser Planar Ally spell in an attempt to discover who wrote us that letter if no one else can discover anything. It will cost us probably between 500 and 6000 gold depending on which agent responds to the call, they may also ask us for a favor or charge less or nothing at all if what we do is something they approve of. I have only been able to discover that the message was left here by an Elf. Has anyone else had any luck?
Tratain will ask Kiriana if she has discovered anything new about the letter while the group was away. Tratain will also ask if the Rubies the Party found were the Gems she asked us to recover, and if they are turn them over.
If no other Information about the letter is fourth comming from any of the other party members or The temple Tratain will ask Renik if he wants him to use the Lesser Planar Ally spell in order to attempt to find out who left the letter.
Arien d4=4 Wednesday February 23rd, 2005 12:27:29 AM
"As much as I hate those giants I think that'd it be foolishness to attack them head on again. I would have to say that we should find out about this letter, see what this person wants, and gather our strength. Then we can march in and battle the giants."
(Hp for level: 4)
((Grr my computer is still going crazy, my mouse is going nuts on me here >:| ))
Feng Wednesday February 23rd, 2005 9:46:39 AM
Feng sighs. He is troubled and greatly unsure about what to do. It would be dangerous to go into the giant stronghold even if he could have convinced the halflings to assist. Still he gave his word and that he must uphold.
"It's rather difficult to not go. I gave my word that I would help and I would feel worse if Benny went off on his own."
Sarigar and Black Paws 2d4(3+4)=7 d20+1=7 d20+16=30 d20+18=32 d20-2=14 d20+1=15 Wednesday February 23rd, 2005 11:08:05 AM
ooc: 7 hit points for leveling
Waiting around in the Temple, probably the most natable thing about the brothers is that Black Paws is MUCH larger (nearly twice the size he was before). A little less significat is that Sarigar is noticably more uncomfortable than normal, as he sniffs at the air constantly and reeling away from anyone wearing any kinds of perfumes as if the smell actually causes him pain.
A little flustered that the others didn't understand his dilema, he goes about in search of his wild place. He returns to the bakery first and begin searching for any signs of the place (Search 7, Spot 30, Survival to track 32). If he notices anyone taking a keen interest in what he's doing, he'll approach them and in his oh so subtle way, demand to know where the wild place is (Diplomacy 13, Gather Information 15).
Renik d20+5=23 d6=5 Wednesday February 23rd, 2005 3:06:26 PM
"Regarding Benny's love, there is one easy way to perform the action. Arien, invisible, teleports into the slave camp, finds the halfling and teleports her back to Benny. All the rest of us wait at the inn and see how many bottles of red we can finish before he gets back. What do you say, Arien?" He nudges the mage with a grin.
"Tratain, I'd hold off that spell for the time being. Let us see what we can discover by more conventional means first."
The rogue heads to the temple and asks around if there have been any members of 20 years standing of Marcus' organization who have recently retired. He tries to find as much as he can about any such person (Gather Info 23).
OOC: 5HP for new level
Arien Thursday February 24th, 2005 4:20:50 AM
"Well if someone comes with me that can actually tell one halfling from another. I think the giants might notice their halfling slaves disappearing one at a time."
Arien heads to the Star Mage's guild to do some more research on spells.
Meeting the Boss (DM Cayzle) Thursday February 24th, 2005 7:06:54 AM
The group considers and ponders how best to rescue a halfling slave. Renik suggests sending in Arien alone and invisible, but on reflection, invisibility may not be effective against those keen-nosed dogs the giants had all over the place. After talking, it seems the best way to go is to go together. Odds are the young lady will survive another month or so of hard labor, if that is the only viable choice. Even a paladin can see that a delayed success is better than an immediate failure. Draax, Tratain, Arien, and Renik all urge Fend to see the wisdom in this course.
Intent on Feng's quandry, no one seems to notive that Sarigar, troubled, has gone off again. He enters the bakery across from the place he thought he spent the night. His demeanor does not put off the girl working at the shop, though. She steps out of the shop and crosses the street to talk with him. "I, uh, I think I dreamed of you!" she says. "I dreamed you slept here last night, and I saw you, except it wasn't this warehouse, it was a forest! Isnt that strange? Do i know you?" But she has no time for chat, as she has to make a delivery. She says her name is Beky, and she runs off.
Just as well, since some intuition tells Sarigar that as the sun nears its zenith, he has to be with his pack to talk with the woman who has been giving the group jobs to do.
Regarding the mystery letter-writer and his deadline, you all have just over a week before the month is up.
At noon, it is time to report to Kiriana. She asks for a full report, and takes frazzled notes as you speak.
If you make a spot check vs DC20 and know how to read, then Please Highlight to display spoiler: {You notice that there her notes are disjointed and filled with odd doodles as well as actual notes.}
Her ears prick up at the story of the Tapestry and how you can enter it.
If there is anything you do not want her to know, please tell me asap. She asks a few questions suggesting that she has already gotten a story out of the bard.
She tells you that you can keep the items you still have that the bard carried.
She pays the group a total bonus of 12,000 gold for completing the mission. Then she says that although the policy of the Organization is that you may keep most treasure that you find, she would like to claim the Tapestry and its Book. As a thank you and a finder's fee, she offers you another 6,000 gold to each person (a sack with 600 platinum, actually).
Does anyone object?
She doesn't talk much, and rushes you out. Kiriana seems preoccupied.
Finally, after the meeting, Renik does some poking around and digs up more info on the mystery writer. He tracks down the person who actually took possession of the note, and this person remembers that the elf had a tattoo on the back of his hand. The tattoo was in the shape of a four-pointed star, with four small circles around it. The elf was dressed in leathers.
==========
[By the way ... this is the Wednesday post! I'll post next late Thurs nite. -Cayzle]
Feng Thursday February 24th, 2005 9:25:30 AM
Feng hates to admit it but waiting is the best choice. A message to Benny should convince the halfling to wait for assistance instead of running off. Benny running off to die would be worse than Feng never offering to help in the first place.
Sarigar and Black Paws d20+16=22 Thursday February 24th, 2005 11:07:46 AM
Not understanding a thing of what Kiriana is writing, Sarigar does happen to catch a glimpse of her "doodles" and says "OOooo, pretty pictures." Then looks around at the others like he might have said something wrong but has no clue what.
At the offer of more money, he just scratches his head, and with an innocently confused look, says "Hmmm, shiny circles for the wall blanket? Brother and I don't really need the circles or the blanket. Might could use the blanket for us instead of a wall though. But, if you need it, ok with us." Looking at the others he ask with complete sincerity, Is 6000 a lot?"
After receiving his cut, Sarigar begins stuffing the coins into his pack and realizes something, "Ummm, I think my pack's full. This won't all fit. Hmmm, maybe I can make room." At that, he turns the pack over and begins shaking its contents out onto the temple floor. The staggering amount of junk and coin that spills out of it is quite astounding (about 3/4 of the equipment list in the PHB, approximately 10,000 coins of various denominations, and several chunks of now rotten meat).
He begins sifting through the mass of stuff, tossing what no longer seems useful over his shoulder, completely oblivious as to where or on who it lands. Items that still look useful get stuffed back in. When it's down to just coin, he begins shoveling it back into his pack with both hands, much like a child playing in a sandbox.
"Ahh, that's better. All fits now." With a contented smile, he slings the pack back on his back. He finally takes note of all the stares he's drawn from probably just about everyone in the room. "What?"
Tratain d20=17 d20+5=8 Thursday February 24th, 2005 12:18:33 PM
Tratain sits in the meeting and listens to Kiriana, he notices the doodling on the notes page and attempts to see if he can recognize anything written(Spot 26). Tratain asks Kiriana about the bard and if she has discovered if he killed her friend or happened across his body during the dragon Raid(8 Sense Motive).
Tratain looks a little concerend during the meeting and when she offers to pay the group for the tapestry, she's only really payed attention when speaking about the Tapestry and that worries Tratain. He waits to see if Renik accepts the offer as he's better at sensing these kinds of things.
After the meeting Tratain let the others know and then go in search of Hegemenes the Temples Assistant Treasurer and Sharrianna if her group isn't out on assignment and try to find out if anything strange has been going on or if anyone has been acting off lately.
Renik d20+8=15 d20+8=19 d20+14=22 d20+3=11 d20+3=23 Thursday February 24th, 2005 5:20:55 PM
The rogue notices the doodles on Kiriana's notes and is intrigued. She never struck him as absent minded. A doer, not a dreamer. But he is soon distracted by talk of renumeration. "I have no objections" he grins, eyes gleaming. And yet... Something does not sit quite right with the rogue. The way Kiriana is acting, the eagerness to get access to the Tapestry, and to pay them off funds that were not previously available... are they being set up? He studies her reactions carefully, his suspicions aroused (Sense Motive 23), paying close attention to the questions Kiriana asks.
He stands, hands on hips, shaking with supressed laughter at Sarigar's performance. The sartorially challenged wild man, for all his odd smells and crazy hair, is definitely growing on the dapper rogue. When he is done Renik claps him on the back and offers to show him what he might do with those "shiny circles". He also suggests that of the treasure they have gathered that Sarigar takes the amulet of Natural Armor. "Believe it or not my friend, if you attatch this to your clothes you will become harder to hit. That Warg might have missed if you had been wearing this."
Renik asks around about the tattoo (gather info 15), but without a great deal of hope for success. Their leads seem to be running dry. It occurs to him that there is one other person from Marcus' organization he has not questioned, the gnome who ran their store. He poses the same questions to her (Gather Info 19).
If he finds nothing further, and if no-one else can recognize the symbol (Int check 11, Knowledge checks anyone?) he will suggest to Tratain that perhaps his spell would be a good next step.
Clueless and Confused (DM Cayzle) Thursday February 24th, 2005 11:26:47 PM
Sarigar sees Kiriana's doodles but is clueless about them. He is also clueless about how his housekeeping appears to his friends!
Feng considers the options and decides to wait in helping Benny and his girl. But not too long.
Tratain also sees the doodles, but to him they look meaningless. True doodles.
Kiriana says that she believes the bard found his old master dead and took his belongings, but did not kill him.
He seeks out Hegemenes, who does have news of strange goings on, and frankly, the temple assistant is confused. Winter is just ending, but flowers are blooming all over the city, earlier than they should. There are more animals and birds around, too, and not as shy as they used to be. And a soothsayer has been wandering around town talking about someone named Sleeper. What does it all mean? Hegemenes is clueless!
Renik concentrates on Kiriana, and has a hunch that something is troubling her. In fact, it seems to him that she is having a hard time keeping it together. She is under great stress.
Later, he tries to find out more about the symbol, but there are no clues to be found. Maybe it is time to consult a sage, or a bard, or a magician or diviner, or a supernatural being. Hmmm ...
Tratain d20+5=23 d20+5=8 d20+5=18 d20+5=12 d20+5=10 Friday February 25th, 2005 11:56:30 AM
Tratain will suggest to the Others that everyone should go around the Town and try and find out about the Symbol Renik described or any information about the sleeper that Hegemenes spoke of.
Tratain will wander about the Town looking for bards and ask them about the symbol. He will Also visit the Library and the Star Mages guild to see if Anyone there can offer any advice. Tratain will also keep an eye out for this Soothsayer mentioned and listen to what he says if Tratain should run into him during the day.
(Rolled Several Gather Info Checks Used wrong Modifier by accident 19, 4, 14, 8, 6)
If Tratain fails discover anything usefull and the rest of the group has no luck as well Tratain will Memorize several Tounges Spells and Lesser Planar Ally and Cast the spell when the group is together.
Sarigar and Black Paws d20+16=22 Friday February 25th, 2005 3:58:44 PM
Involuntarily rubbing his throat, Sarigar says "Hmmm, not getting hit is good. Ok." He snatches the amulet and finds a spot to hang it (obviously misplaced and still wearing the other amulet). He makes a quick pose as if he were invincible, smiles and looks back at Renik. "The shiny circles are useful? I just keep em cause they're kinda neat lookin' and skip on water really well when I'm bored."
The brothers will follow Renik to find out just where the shiny circles can be used. Every so often, Sarigar will bring up the fact that the Wild place is gone. It was there last night, but now it's not.
More than a little uncomfortable in the city and a tad distracted about his misplaced wild place, Sarigar half keeps an eye out for the symbol the others suggested looking for (Spot 16).
Renik d20+8=26 Friday February 25th, 2005 7:32:17 PM
"Sarigar, I know that other amulet is nice, but the new one will only work if it is the only one you wear. Don't ask me why, that's just the way of things. But what we can do is take your old amulet, exchange it for more shing circles (they are called "coins"), and then use those "coins" to buy you something even better. Perhaps a weapon that strikes truly, or something to make you even more agile. There are all sorts of wonderful things you can use coins for. Can you think of something you'd like? Something for BlackPaws, perhaps?"
The rogue ponders the mystery of the vanishing grove. "It certainly is odd" he muses. "I know this city pretty well, and there has never been a park where you speak of. Why should there suddenly be one overnight and then no more? I'd say you had been dreaming were it not for the baker's lass who saw it too. Very strange."
Renik makes one last attempt to track down information on the curious symbol. He seeks out a Bardic College or (if no such place exists) a bard of renown. He will offer to pay for information about the symbol (he will go as far as 200 GP if pushed).
Gather Info 26.
He is tempted to make a return visit to Kiriana, but decides to leave her alone for now. No doubt she is simply distracted thinking of him. He admires himself momentarily in a hand mirror, smiling approvingly at the way his silky hair falls over his shoulders, accenting his firm jaw. Yes, she is obviously infatuated, lost in reverie of how delicious it would be to break free of the confines of her stuffy religious duties, to be swept away by passion and lust...
On second thoughts, maybe he should go and visit her again.
LOG ON